WO2021218901A1 - 声学输入输出设备 - Google Patents

声学输入输出设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021218901A1
WO2021218901A1 PCT/CN2021/089853 CN2021089853W WO2021218901A1 WO 2021218901 A1 WO2021218901 A1 WO 2021218901A1 CN 2021089853 W CN2021089853 W CN 2021089853W WO 2021218901 A1 WO2021218901 A1 WO 2021218901A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
assembly
output device
acoustic input
earhook
hole
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/089853
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
李朝武
王跃强
游芬
付峻江
吴中奇
陈迁
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202020719606.1U external-priority patent/CN212628327U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202020725563.8U external-priority patent/CN211702358U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202020720291.2U external-priority patent/CN211702354U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202020725495.5U external-priority patent/CN211702357U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202020720293.1U external-priority patent/CN211702356U/zh
Priority to JP2022557930A priority Critical patent/JP7473673B2/ja
Priority to CN202180012010.5A priority patent/CN115529853A/zh
Application filed by Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd filed Critical Shenzhen Voxtech Co Ltd
Priority to BR112022015138-1A priority patent/BR112022015138B1/pt
Priority to KR1020227029147A priority patent/KR102625817B1/ko
Priority to EP21797620.8A priority patent/EP4080903B1/en
Publication of WO2021218901A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021218901A1/zh
Priority to US17/455,010 priority patent/US11317191B2/en
Priority to US17/657,615 priority patent/US11641541B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US18/306,993 priority patent/US12120481B2/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/08—Mouthpieces; Microphones; Attachments therefor
    • H04R1/083—Special constructions of mouthpieces
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H04R1/1075—Mountings of transducers in earphones or headphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/02—Casings; Cabinets ; Supports therefor; Mountings therein
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/08—Mouthpieces; Microphones; Attachments therefor
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/105—Earpiece supports, e.g. ear hooks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/20—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics
    • H04R1/22—Arrangements for obtaining desired frequency or directional characteristics for obtaining desired frequency characteristic only 
    • H04R1/28—Transducer mountings or enclosures modified by provision of mechanical or acoustic impedances, e.g. resonator, damping means
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R3/00—Circuits for transducers
    • H04R3/04—Circuits for transducers for correcting frequency response
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1008—Earpieces of the supra-aural or circum-aural type
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00—Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10—Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • H04R1/1058—Manufacture or assembly
    • H04R1/1066—Constructional aspects of the interconnection between earpiece and earpiece support
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2420/00—Details of connection covered by H04R, not provided for in its groups
    • H04R2420/07—Applications of wireless loudspeakers or wireless microphones
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04R—LOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; ELECTRIC HEARING AIDS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R2460/00—Details of hearing devices, i.e. of ear- or headphones covered by H04R1/10 or H04R5/033 but not provided for in any of their subgroups, or of hearing aids covered by H04R25/00 but not provided for in any of its subgroups
    • H04R2460/13—Hearing devices using bone conduction transducers

Definitions

  • This application requires a Chinese application filed on April 30, 2020 with an application number of 202020719606.1, a Chinese application filed on April 30, 2020 with an application number of 202020720291.2, and a Chinese application filed on April 30, 2020 with an application number of 202020725495.5 , The priority of the Chinese application with the application number 202020725563.8 filed on April 30, 2020 and the Chinese application with the application number 202020720293.1 filed on April 30, 2020, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • This application relates to the field of acoustics, and in particular to an acoustic input and output device.
  • Acoustic input and output equipment is a device that has both sound input and sound output, such as headphones, glasses, etc.
  • Acoustic input and output devices include speaker components and sound pickup components.
  • the speaker components can be used to emit sound signals
  • the sound pickup components can be used to pick up sound signals.
  • the acoustic input and output device also includes components that maintain stable contact between the acoustic input and output device and the user (for example, when the acoustic input and output device is an earphone, it also includes a rear-hanging component and an ear-hanging component).
  • the overall size of the acoustic input and output device is large, and the connection between the various components is prone to failure, which shortens the service life of the acoustic input and output device and reduces the user experience.
  • the present application provides an acoustic input and output device, which improves the stability and reliability of the overall structure, improves the comfort of user experience, and improves the sound quality of the sound picked up by the sound pickup assembly.
  • An embodiment of the application provides an acoustic input and output device, which includes: a speaker assembly; a pickup assembly for picking up sound signals; a connection assembly that includes an elastic member, and a first end of the elastic member is connected to the Speaker assembly, the second end of the elastic member is connected to the sound pickup assembly; wherein the elastic member is configured so that the vibration of the voice frequency band generated by the speaker assembly is transmitted from the first end of the elastic member to the sound pickup assembly
  • the average amplitude attenuation rate at the second end of the elastic member is not less than 35%.
  • the elastic member includes an elastic metal wire, and plug parts connected to both ends of the elastic metal wire.
  • the plug-in part is used for plug-in cooperation with the speaker assembly.
  • the elastic modulus of the elastic metal wire is 70 GPa to 90 GPa.
  • connection assembly further includes an elastic coating layer covering the outer circumference of the elastic member.
  • the elastic modulus of the elastic coating is 0.8 Gpa to 2 Gpa.
  • the speaker assembly includes a first speaker housing, a second speaker housing, and a speaker; the first speaker housing and the second speaker housing are mated to form a housing for receiving the A speaker housing space, the first speaker housing is provided with first through holes and second through holes spaced apart, the first through holes and the second through holes both communicate with the housing space; the pickup The wire group of the audio component can penetrate into the first through hole and pass through the receiving space to the second through hole.
  • the speaker assembly further includes a wire fixing assembly for fixing the wire set of the sound pickup assembly passing through the first through hole to the second through hole.
  • the wire fixing assembly includes a pressing member disposed in the accommodating space, and the pressing member is used to contact the wire set of the sound pickup assembly to reduce the The vibration amplitude of the wire group of the pickup component.
  • the pressing member includes a first pressing member, and the first pressing member covers the first through hole.
  • the pressing member further includes a second pressing member, the first pressing member and the second pressing member are sheet-shaped members, and the first pressing member and the second pressing member are Two pressing members are arranged in a stack, the second pressing member is farther from the first through hole than the first pressing member, and the hardness of the second pressing member is greater than that of the first pressing member hardness.
  • the speaker assembly further includes a plurality of positioning members arranged at intervals on the first speaker housing, and the first pressing member and the second pressing member pass through the plurality of positioning members. Fixed to the first speaker housing.
  • the positioning member is a protrusion disposed on the periphery of the first through hole and extending into the receiving space.
  • the second pressing member is fixedly connected to the plurality of positioning members, and the first pressing member is fixed between the plurality of positioning members.
  • the first speaker housing includes a bottom wall and a side wall connected to each other, the side wall surrounds the bottom wall, and the second speaker housing is covered on the side wall away from the side wall.
  • One side of the bottom wall forms the receiving space, the first through hole is formed in the bottom wall, and the second through hole is formed in the side wall.
  • the bottom wall has a first convex portion protruding away from the accommodating space, the first through hole is formed in the first convex portion, and the side wall has a convex protruding away from the accommodating space.
  • the second convex portion is raised, and the second through hole is formed in the second convex portion.
  • the sound pickup assembly is rotatable relative to the speaker assembly.
  • the connecting assembly further includes a rotating member, the rotating member is rotatably mated with the first through hole, and the sound pickup assembly is connected with the rotating member so as to be able to be relative to the first through hole.
  • a speaker housing rotates.
  • the rotating member includes a lead part and a rotating part that are connected to each other, the rotating part is embedded in the first through hole, and the sound pickup assembly is connected to the lead part so that the The wire group of the sound pickup assembly can pass through the lead part and penetrate into the first through hole via the rotating part.
  • a damping groove is provided along the circumference of the rotating part; the connecting assembly further includes a damping member disposed in the damping groove, and the damping member can be connected to the inner portion of the first through hole.
  • the peripheral wall contacts to provide rotational damping for the rotating part through contact friction.
  • the rotating portion includes a rotating body, and a first locking portion and a second locking portion protrudingly provided at both ends of the rotating body along a radial direction of the rotating body, and the rotating body is embedded In the first through hole, the first locking portion and the second locking portion respectively abut against both sides of the first speaker housing to restrict the rotation portion from opposing in the axial direction When the first speaker housing moves, the damping groove is formed between the first locking portion and the second locking portion.
  • the connecting assembly further includes a rotation limiting structure for limiting the rotation range of the rotating portion relative to the first speaker housing.
  • the rotation limiting structure includes a limiting groove provided in the circumferential direction on the rotating portion, and a limiting groove that is provided on the inner peripheral wall of the first through hole and adapted to the limiting groove.
  • the limiting member can abut the two ends of the limiting groove to restrict the rotating part from continuing to rotate.
  • the limiting groove is arranged in an open ring shape.
  • the rotation range of the rotating part is 0 degrees to 270 degrees.
  • the lead part is provided with a first hole section
  • the rotating part is provided with a second hole section
  • the first hole section is communicated with the second hole section
  • the sound pickup assembly is connected to the second hole section.
  • the first hole section is mated, and the wire group of the sound pickup assembly passes through the first hole section and passes through the second hole section to the first through hole.
  • the speaker assembly further includes a fixing assembly for restricting the movement of the sound pickup assembly relative to the rotating member.
  • the fixing member includes a fixing body that can be inserted into the second hole section to be mated with the first end of the elastic member to restrict the rotation of the elastic member relative to the Pieces move.
  • the fixing member further includes a fixing connecting portion provided at one end of the fixing body, and a fixing connecting portion is opened on the first end of the elastic member; the fixing connecting portion can be configured to be matched with the fixing The connection part is connected.
  • a notch is formed at one end of the rotating part away from the lead part, and the notch communicates with the second hole section, and the fixing member further includes a boss protrudingly provided on the outer periphery of the fixing body, The boss can be embedded in the gap to fill the gap.
  • the number of the notches is at least two, and the rotating part is divided into at least two sub-components spaced apart from each other along the circumferential direction of the rotating part.
  • the number of the notches is two and they are arranged opposite to each other, the number of the bosses is correspondingly two and is opposite to each other, and the two bosses are correspondingly embedded in the two notches to
  • the fixing member is supported between the two sub-components.
  • the acoustic input and output device further includes at least one ear hook assembly connected to the speaker assembly for keeping the speaker assembly in stable contact with the user's ears.
  • the at least one earhook assembly includes an earhook connection assembly and an earhook housing; the earhook connection assembly connects the second through hole and the earhook housing, and the earhook housing
  • the body has an accommodation space for accommodating at least one of a battery assembly and a control circuit assembly; the wire group of the sound pickup assembly can pass through the second through hole and penetrate into the accommodation space through the ear hook connection assembly space.
  • the ear hook shell includes a first ear hook shell and a second ear hook shell that is adapted to the first ear hook shell.
  • the accommodating space can be formed.
  • the ear hook component includes a splicing component for restricting the movement of the first ear hook shell and the second ear hook shell in the splicing direction and the thickness direction.
  • the splicing assembly includes a first assembling piece and a second assembling piece adapted to the first adapting piece, and the first assembling piece and the second assembling piece are respectively disposed on the The first ear hook shell and the second ear hook shell, when the first assembling piece and the second assembling piece are mated, the first ear hook shell and the second ear hook shell The body is relatively fixed in the splicing direction and the thickness direction.
  • the first assembling piece includes a first slot and a second slot with the same opening direction provided along the length direction of the first earhook shell
  • the second assembling piece includes The length direction of the second earhook shell is protrudingly provided with the first clamping block and the second clamping block with the same extending direction, so that the first clamping block and the second clamping block can be respectively embedded in the same direction in the same direction.
  • the first card slot and the second card slot In the first card slot and the second card slot.
  • the first assembling piece further includes a first stopper provided on the first splicing edge of the first ear hook shell
  • the second assembling piece further includes a first stopper provided on the second ear hook.
  • the second stop portion of the second splicing edge of the housing, the first stop portion can abut the second stop portion to limit the first ear hook shell and the second ear hook shell The relative movement of the body in the length direction.
  • the ear hook housing is provided with a button hole and a power jack.
  • the earhook housing includes a housing panel contacting the user, a housing back plate facing away from the user, and several housing side plates connecting the housing panel and the housing back plate, so The key hole and the power jack are respectively opened on different shell side panels of the plurality of shell side panels.
  • the ear hook connection assembly includes an ear hook connection piece and a wire clamping part, the ear hook connection piece is provided with a lead channel, and the lead channel is used to pass through the lead set drawn out of the speaker assembly,
  • the wire gripping portion is used to lock the lead wire group in the radial direction of the lead wire group.
  • an end of the earhook connector away from the earhook housing is provided with a joint part
  • the wire clamping part includes a first wire clamping part and a second wire clamping part
  • the joint part is provided with The first wire clamping portion
  • the first earhook housing is provided with the second wire clamping portion
  • the lead set can pass through the first wire clamping portion, the lead channel, and the second wire in sequence.
  • the wire clamping part enters the accommodating space.
  • the earhook assembly further includes an earhook elastic coating covering at least the outer circumference of the earhook connector.
  • the acoustic input/output device further includes a rear-hanging assembly connected to the ear-hanging assembly for keeping the acoustic input-output device in stable contact with the back of the user’s head.
  • the acoustic input/output device further includes a rear-hanging assembly connected to the ear-hanging assembly for keeping the acoustic input-output device in stable contact with the back of the user’s head.
  • the rear hanger assembly includes a rear hanger connector and an insertion part provided at both ends of the rear hanger connector, and the insertion part is used to hold the rear hanger connector and the ear hanger. Stable connection of components.
  • the first earhook housing is provided with a socket on a side away from the earhook connection assembly, and at least one of the insertion parts is spaced apart in its length direction with at least two sets of slots
  • the socket can be matched with one of the at least two sets of slots to limit the relative movement of the ear hook component and the rear hook component.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system of an acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of a circuit of an acoustic input and output device communication system shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic top view of the overall structure of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded schematic diagram of the overall structure of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of structural disassembly of connectors of acoustic input and output devices shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 6 is an exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the speaker assembly of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 7 is another exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the speaker assembly of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the fixed part, the rotating part, the connecting part and the sound pickup assembly of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of Fig. 3 with A-A as the cutting line;
  • FIG. 10 is an exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the ear hook assembly of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 11 is another exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the ear hook assembly of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a first earhook housing and a second earhook housing of an acoustic input and output device according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 13 is another structural schematic diagram of the first earhook housing and the second earhook housing of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of Fig. 3 with B-B as the cutting line;
  • 15 is another structural schematic diagram of the first earhook housing and the second earhook housing of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • 16 is another exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the ear hook assembly of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • FIG. 17 is an exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the rear suspension assembly of the acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application;
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an ear hook assembly of an acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application.
  • system is a method for distinguishing different components, elements, parts, parts, or assemblies of different levels.
  • the words can be replaced by other expressions.
  • the present application provides an acoustic input and output device communication system.
  • the communication system includes an acoustic input and output device 10, an intercom device 20 and an external communication module 30.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 refers to a device that has both sound input and output functions.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 can be classified into bone conduction and air conduction according to the path of sound input and output. Take the speaker assembly as an example.
  • the bone conduction speaker can convert audio into mechanical vibrations of different frequencies, using human bones as a medium for transmitting mechanical vibrations, and then transmitting sound waves to the auditory nerve, so that the user does not pass through the external auditory canal of the ear.
  • the eardrum can also receive sound.
  • the air conduction speaker can change the air density by pushing the air to vibrate, so that the user can hear the sound.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may have a Bluetooth function.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may include a first Bluetooth module 101.
  • the first Bluetooth module 101 can be used to implement a Bluetooth communication function.
  • the intercom device 20 that is, a walkie-talkie, is a terminal device for cluster communication, and can also be used as a wireless communication device in mobile communication.
  • a walkie-talkie converts audio electrical signals into radio frequency carrier signals through its transmitting components, and then transmits them through an antenna through amplifying, filtering, etc., so that the user's voice can be transmitted.
  • the antenna can receive the input signal, undergo corresponding processing such as conversion, filtering, amplification, and mixing, to form an audio signal, which is played out through the speaker assembly, so that the user can hear the audio sent by other intercom devices.
  • the intercom device 20 in this embodiment may be an existing intercom device, and its components and structure will not be described in detail here.
  • the intercom device 20 basically does not support the Bluetooth function.
  • this embodiment uses the external communication module 30 as the acoustic input and output device.
  • the medium for Bluetooth communication between 10 and the intercom device 20 is not limited to Bluetooth.
  • the intercom device 20 may include a first external interface 201. That is, the intercom device 20 may be provided with a first external interface 201 for expanding the functions of the intercom device 2, and different functions can be realized by connecting different external modules.
  • the first external interface 201 can also be used for programming the intercom device 20 by an external terminal.
  • the first external interface 201 may include a plurality of contacts arranged at intervals, for example, 7 contacts.
  • the external communication module 30 may include a second external interface 301 and a second Bluetooth module 302.
  • the external communication module 30 is detachably disposed on the intercom device 20, for example, the external communication module 30 is fixed to the intercom device 20 in a snap connection manner.
  • the second external interface 301 may have the same number of contacts as the first external interface 201.
  • the first external interface 201 can be connected to the second external interface 301.
  • the external communication module 30 is coupled to the intercom device 20 through the first external interface 201 and the second external interface 301.
  • the intercom device 20 can realize the Bluetooth function through the external communication module 30.
  • the intercom device 20 can establish a Bluetooth connection with the acoustic input and output device 10 through the external communication module 30. After the intercom device 20 and the acoustic input and output device 10 have established a Bluetooth connection through the external communication module 30, the acoustic input and output device 10 can be used to control the intercom device 20. For example, the acoustic input and output device 10 can be used to answer the reception of the intercom device 20. For the received audio, the microphone of the acoustic input and output device 10 can also be used to send the corresponding voice, and other functions of the intercom device 20 can also be controlled. Of course, the intercom device 20 can also control the acoustic input and output device 10.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may also have an NFC near field communication function, and specifically may include a first NFC module 102, which may be used to implement the near field communication function.
  • the external communication module 30 may also include a second NFC module 303, so that the intercom device 20 that does not have the NFC near field communication function can implement near field communication.
  • the acoustic input/output device 10 and the intercom device 2 can exchange Bluetooth addresses through near field communication between the first NFC module 102 and the second NFC module 303, so that the first Bluetooth module 101 and the second Bluetooth module 302 perform Bluetooth pairing. Establish a Bluetooth connection.
  • Bluetooth addresses there can be the following ways:
  • the second NFC module 303 may store or obtain the Bluetooth address of the second Bluetooth module 302.
  • the second NFC module 303 can send the Bluetooth address of the second Bluetooth module 302 to the first NFC module 102, so that the acoustic input and output device 10 can obtain
  • the Bluetooth address of the second Bluetooth module 302 realizes the exchange of Bluetooth addresses, so that quick pairing and connection can be performed.
  • both the intercom device 20 and the acoustic input/output device 10 actively send each other's Bluetooth addresses, saving time for searching and selecting each other, and realizing quick pairing and connection. That is, the first NFC module 102 may store or obtain the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module 101, and the second NFC module 303 may store or obtain the Bluetooth address of the second Bluetooth module 302. When the first NFC module 102 and the second NFC module 303 perform near field communication, the first NFC module 102 and the second NFC module 303 exchange their Bluetooth addresses to realize the exchange of Bluetooth addresses.
  • the intercom device 20 realizes a fast Bluetooth connection through the second NFC module 303 of the external communication module 30 and the first NFC module 102 of the acoustic input and output device 10, so that the intercom device 20 can quickly match different acoustic input and output devices 10 .
  • different workers are equipped with different acoustic input and output devices 10, for example, two workers can share an intercom device 20, and the two workers can alternately use the shared intercom device during shifts. 20.
  • the intercom device 20 can be quickly connected through the acoustic input and output device 10.
  • a staff member When a staff member is on duty, his acoustic input and output device 10 and the intercom device 20 are used to achieve "one touch and connect", and then a communication system composed of the intercom device 20 and the acoustic input and output device 10 can be used.
  • the worker When the worker is off duty and another worker starts on duty, the other worker can also "touch and connect” the acoustic input and output device 10 and the intercom device 20, and then use the intercom device 20 and the acoustic input and output.
  • the communication system composed of the equipment 10 forms a working logic of “independent” and “shared” coexistence. What is independent is that everyone can use their own acoustic input and output device 10, and the intercom device 20 is shared.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 can also be used to identify individuals, so that multiple people can use the same intercom device 20, which can realize fast switching, and can also realize the functions of attendance check-in and personal identification.
  • the intercom device 20 and the acoustic input and output device 10 quickly perform Bluetooth pairing through NFC near field communication to establish a Bluetooth connection.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 When the acoustic input and output device 10 is worn, the user’s ears can be released, and sound can be transmitted through bone conduction. It can reduce the impact of noise in the surrounding environment on sound transmission, improve the quality of voice communication, and play the audio signal received by the intercom device 20 through the acoustic input and output device 10 or pick up the sound through the acoustic input and output device 10
  • the device 20 is transmitted to other intercom devices 20, which can avoid the traditional way of speaking out and protect privacy.
  • the user uses the acoustic input and output device 10 for intercom communication at the same time. It can also notice changes in the surrounding environment and ensure the safety of users.
  • the first NFC module 102 may be a passive NFC module.
  • the first NFC module 102 may store the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module 101, and may send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module 101 to the second NFC module 303.
  • the first NFC module 102 can also be an active NFC module, which can send the Bluetooth address of the first Bluetooth module 101 or receive the Bluetooth address of the second Bluetooth module 302 sent by the second NFC module 303.
  • the second NFC module 303 may also be a passive NFC module or an active NFC module.
  • the first NFC module 102 can be affixed to the battery assembly 14 of the acoustic input and output device 10, which is convenient for installation and simple in structure, and can also save space.
  • the position corresponding to the battery assembly 14 of the acoustic input and output device 10 is close to the external communication module 30 on the intercom device 20 to quickly perform Bluetooth pairing.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may include a sensor component 17 for detecting whether the acoustic input and output device 10 is worn.
  • the sensor assembly 17 includes, for example, an optical sensor, and detects whether it is worn by emitting and/or receiving corresponding light signals.
  • the optical sensor is, for example, a low beam sensor, which can emit corresponding light signals.
  • the light sensor can detect whether the acoustic input/output device 10 is worn or performs distance measurement by receiving reflected light.
  • the low beam sensor is, for example, an infrared low beam sensor.
  • the sensor component 17 may also include an acceleration sensor, a gravity sensor, a touch sensor, and the like.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 and the intercom device 20 are in the Bluetooth connection state, when the sensor assembly 17 detects that the acoustic input and output device 10 is worn, the acoustic input and output device 10 and the acoustic input and output device 10 in the intercom device 20 are controlled to be used.
  • the intercom device 20 in the acoustic input and output device 10 and the intercom device 20 is not used for sound pickup and/or voice playback. That is, when the acoustic input and output device 10 is worn, the communication system uses the microphone of the acoustic input and output device 10 to pick up sound and/or the speaker 113 to work for voice playback.
  • the sensor assembly 17 When the sensor assembly 17 detects that the acoustic input and output device 10 is not worn, it controls the acoustic input and output device 10 and the intercom device 20 of the intercom device 20 to pick up and/or play voice, while the acoustic input and output device 10 and the intercom device 20 are The acoustic input and output device 10 in the speaking device 20 is not used for sound pickup and/or voice playback. That is, when the acoustic input and output device 10 is not worn, the communication system uses the microphone of the intercom device 20 to pick up sound and/or the speaker 113 to work for voice playback.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 when the acoustic input and output device 10 is not worn, if the acoustic input and output device 10 is used to pick up or play voice, it may not be able to effectively pick up the sound or the user cannot hear the acoustic input and output device 10.
  • the transmitted voice can be picked up and/or played through the intercom device 20 at this time, so that the played voice can be heard and/or effectively picked up.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 When the acoustic input and output device 10 is worn, the acoustic input and output device 10 can be used to pick up sounds and/or play voices, so that it is convenient for the user to send voices or hear the played voices.
  • the sensor assembly 17 detects whether the acoustic input and output device 10 is worn, thereby facilitating the communication system to realize the above-mentioned automatic switching, avoiding the omission of voice information, adapting to different usage scenarios, and improving work efficiency.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic top view of the overall structure of an embodiment of an acoustic input and output device shown in some embodiments of the present application.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may include: a speaker assembly 11, a pickup assembly 16, and a connection assembly 18.
  • the speaker assembly 11 is used for emitting sound signals
  • the pickup assembly 16 is used for To pick up the sound signal
  • the connecting component 18 is used to connect the speaker component 11 and the sound pickup component 16 and transmit the sound signal.
  • the speaker assembly 11 can be used to convert a signal containing sound information into an acoustic signal (also referred to as a voice signal).
  • the speaker assembly 11 may generate mechanical vibrations to transmit sound waves (i.e., acoustic signals) in response to receiving a signal containing sound information.
  • the speaker assembly may include a vibration element and/or a vibration transmission element connected to the vibration element (for example, at least a part of the housing vibration plate of the acoustic input and output device 10).
  • the speaker assembly 11 When the speaker assembly 11 generates mechanical vibration, it is accompanied by energy conversion, and the speaker assembly 11 can realize the conversion of a signal containing sound information to mechanical vibration.
  • the conversion process may involve the coexistence and conversion of many different types of energy.
  • an electrical signal (that is, a signal containing sound information) can be directly converted into mechanical vibration through a transducer device (not shown in the figure) in the vibrating element (not shown in the figure) of the speaker assembly 11.
  • the vibration transmission element conducts mechanical vibration to transmit sound waves.
  • sound information can be contained in an optical signal, and a specific transducer device can realize the process of converting the optical signal into a vibration signal.
  • Other types of energy that can coexist and convert during the working process of the energy conversion device include thermal energy, magnetic field energy, and so on.
  • the energy conversion mode of the energy conversion device may include a moving coil type, an electrostatic type, a piezoelectric type, a moving iron type, a pneumatic type, an electromagnetic type, and the like.
  • the speaker assembly 11 can be divided into a bone conduction speaker assembly and an air conduction speaker assembly according to the sounding principle of the speaker assembly.
  • one speaker assembly 11 may include one or more bone conduction speakers.
  • one speaker assembly 11 may include one or more air conduction speakers 113.
  • one speaker assembly 11 may include a combination of one or more bone conduction speakers and one or more air conduction speakers 113 at the same time.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 may include one or more microphones.
  • the one or more microphones may be air conduction microphones.
  • the one or more microphones may be bone conduction microphones.
  • the one or more microphones may be a combination of bone conduction microphones and air conduction microphones.
  • the microphone can be used to pick up an acoustic signal (also called a voice signal) and convert the acoustic signal into a signal containing sound information (for example, an electrical signal).
  • an acoustic signal also called a voice signal
  • the microphone picks up the mechanical vibration generated when the voice signal is provided and converts it into an electrical signal.
  • the mechanical vibration generated when the user provides a voice signal can be called mechanical vibration.
  • a bone conduction microphone will be used as an example for description.
  • Bone conduction microphone is a sound pickup device (ie, voice collection device) that can convert vibration signals into electrical signals.
  • the vibration signal may refer to a signal generated by the vibration of the user's body part when the user is speaking.
  • a bone conduction microphone can be understood as a microphone device that is sensitive to bone conduction sound transmitted by vibration, but insensitive to air conduction sound transmitted by air.
  • the bone conduction microphone when the user wears the acoustic input and output device 10, the bone conduction microphone may not directly contact the human body, and the vibration signal (for example, facial vibration) generated when the user speaks is first transmitted to the speaker assembly 11, and then The speaker assembly 11 is transmitted to the bone conduction microphone, and the bone conduction microphone further converts the human body vibration signal into an electrical signal containing voice information.
  • the bone conduction microphone when the user wears the acoustic input and output device 10, can directly contact the human body, and the vibration signal generated when the user speaks can be directly transmitted to the bone conduction microphone.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may be a headset.
  • this application uses a headset as an example to describe the acoustic input and output device 10.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may be a bone conduction earphone, which inputs and outputs sound through bone conduction.
  • the sound pickup assembly may be connected to the speaker assembly, and the wire assembly of the sound pickup assembly may be electrically connected to the remaining components (for example, battery assembly) of the bone conduction earphone via the speaker assembly.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 may be physically connected to the speaker assembly 11, for example, in a connection manner such as hinged connection, snap connection, welding, and integral molding.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 may be connected to the speaker assembly 11 through the connection assembly 18.
  • the connecting assembly 18 refers to a connecting structure for physically connecting various components of the acoustic input and output device 10.
  • the connecting assembly 18 may include a connecting piece for connecting the sound pickup assembly 16 and the speaker assembly 11.
  • the sound pickup assembly and the connecting piece may be regarded as a whole. Further, the whole composed of the sound pickup assembly and the connecting piece can be referred to as a stick microphone assembly.
  • the bone conduction earphone may further include a stick microphone assembly, and the stick microphone assembly may be used to pick up sound.
  • the stick microphone assembly may be configured to connect the speaker assembly 11 and the sound pickup assembly and have a structure for receiving sound signals emitted by the user.
  • the number of the stick microphone assembly may be one, which is connected to one of the two speaker assemblies 11.
  • the stick microphone assembly may be connected to the speaker assembly 11 corresponding to the battery assembly 14.
  • each speaker assembly 11 can be connected to a stick microphone assembly.
  • the connector 181 may be a rigid member.
  • a rigid member may mean that it has no elasticity or its elasticity is negligible.
  • the connecting member 181 may be made of stainless steel, carbon fiber, aluminum alloy and other materials.
  • the connecting member 181 may have a certain shape, for example, the connecting member 181 may have a slender strip shape (ie, a stick shape).
  • the connecting piece 181 may have a certain curvature. As shown in FIG. 4, the connecting piece 181 may be a stick-shaped member with a certain curvature.
  • the speaker assembly 11 can transmit sound waves by generating mechanical vibrations so that the user can hear sounds.
  • the way in which the speaker assembly 11 transmits sound waves includes air conduction and bone conduction. Regardless of whether bone conduction transmits sound waves or air conduction transmits sound waves, the sound pickup assembly is directly or indirectly connected to the speaker assembly 11, and the vibration generated by the speaker assembly 11 will affect the pickup assembly and reduce the sound quality of the sound picked up by the pickup assembly.
  • the connecting assembly 18 and the speaker housing will transmit mechanical vibration to the pickup assembly.
  • the microphone of the sound pickup assembly After receiving the mechanical vibration, the microphone of the sound pickup assembly generates corresponding mechanical vibration and generates a signal (for example, an electrical signal) containing sound information based on the mechanical vibration.
  • the sound pickup assembly is directly or indirectly connected to the connecting assembly 18 and the speaker housing, when the speaker 113 transmits sound waves, mechanical vibration of the connecting assembly 18 and the speaker housing will be caused.
  • the mechanical vibration is transmitted to the sound pickup component.
  • the microphone of the sound pickup component After receiving the mechanical vibration, the microphone of the sound pickup component generates a corresponding mechanical vibration and generates a signal (for example, an electrical signal) containing sound information based on the mechanical vibration.
  • the connecting member 181 may be configured to have a certain degree of elasticity to reduce the vibration amplitude.
  • the connecting member 181 may be an elastic member 1811, and the elasticity of the elastic member 1811 reduces the intensity of the mechanical vibration transmitted from the speaker assembly 11, thereby improving the quality of the voice signal picked up by the microphone.
  • the elastic member 1811 may be an elastic connecting rod 18111, and the stick and microphone assembly may include an elastic connecting rod 18111 and a sound pickup assembly 16. One end of the elastic connecting rod 18111 is connected to the speaker assembly 11. The other end of the elastic connecting rod 18111 is connected to the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 may have one or more microphones.
  • the number of microphones of the sound pickup assembly 16 is greater than or equal to 2, and the microphones can be set at intervals.
  • one microphone is located at the end of the sound pickup assembly 16 away from the speaker assembly 11, and the other microphones may be located on the side where the sound pickup assembly 16 is connected to the end. It is convenient for multiple microphones to work together, which can reduce noise and improve the quality of pickup.
  • the speaker assembly 11 can convert audio into mechanical vibration, that is, when the speaker assembly 11 plays corresponding audio, the corresponding voice frequency band of the audio will cause the speaker 113 to generate corresponding vibration.
  • the elastic member 1811 may be arranged such that the vibration of the voice frequency band generated by the speaker assembly 11 is transmitted from the first end of the elastic member 1811 (for example, the elastic connecting rod 18111 of the elastic member 1811) to the first end of the elastic member 1811. Attenuation at the two ends. Specifically, taking the elastic connecting rod 18111 as an example, the vibration of the voice frequency band generated by the speaker assembly 11 is transmitted from the first end of the elastic connecting rod 18111 (that is, the end connected to the speaker assembly 11) to the second end of the elastic connecting rod 18111.
  • the average amplitude attenuation rate at the end is not less than 35%.
  • the above-mentioned average amplitude attenuation rate is not less than 45%. Further, the average amplitude attenuation rate is not less than 50%. Further, the average amplitude attenuation rate is not less than 55%. The above-mentioned amplitude attenuation rate is not less than 60%. Further, the above-mentioned amplitude attenuation rate is not less than 70%.
  • the mechanical vibration generated by the speaker assembly 11 of the acoustic input and output device 10 will adversely affect the sound pickup effect of the stick microphone assembly, such as echo.
  • the elastic connecting rod 18111 is set so that the vibration of the voice frequency band generated by the speaker assembly 11 is transmitted from one end of the elastic connecting rod 18111 to the other end of the elastic connecting rod 18111, and the average amplitude attenuation rate is not less than 35%.
  • the elastic connecting rod 18111 can effectively absorb vibration during the vibration transmission process, reducing the amplitude of vibration transmitted from one end of the elastic connecting rod 18111 to the other end, thereby reducing the pickup caused by the vibration generated by the speaker assembly 11
  • the vibration of the component 16 can effectively reduce the influence of the vibration of the speaker component 11 on the sound pickup effect of the sound pickup component 16 and improve the sound quality picked up by the sound pickup component.
  • the vibration amplitude can be reduced by the structure of the elastic member 1811 and/or the material of the elastic member 1811.
  • the elasticity of the elastic member 1811 may be provided by its structural design.
  • the elastic member 1811 may be an elastic structure, even if it is manufactured.
  • the material of the elastic member 1811 has high rigidity, and its structure can also provide elasticity.
  • the elastic member 1811 may include, but is not limited to, a sheet shape, a strip shape, a column shape, a spring-like structure, a ring or a ring-like cross-section structure, and the like.
  • the elasticity of the elastic member 1811 may be determined by the material used to make the elastic member 1811.
  • the elastic member 1811 may be made of Nitinol. Nitinol has strong elasticity and shape memory ability. It can automatically restore to a state close to the original shape.
  • the elastic connecting rod 18111 may include an elastic metal wire 18113 for providing elasticity, and the elastic metal wire 18113 may serve as an elastic connecting rod.
  • the skeleton of the 18111 supports the elastic connecting rod 18111 to form a fixed shape.
  • the elastic connecting rod 18111 further includes a connecting portion 182 respectively connected to two ends of the elastic metal wire 18113. That is, the two ends of the elastic metal wire 18113 are respectively connected with a plug-in part 182.
  • One of the plug-in parts 182 can be used for plug-in cooperation with the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the other plug-in portion 182 can be used for plug-in cooperation with the speaker assembly 11.
  • the plug-in portion 182 may be a plug-in buckle, and a plug-in groove corresponding to the buckle is provided on the speaker assembly 11 and the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the plug-in portion 182 may be a magnet, and the speaker assembly 11 and the sound pickup assembly 16 are provided with conductive magnets, and the speaker assembly 11 and the sound pickup assembly 16 are connected to the plug-in portion 182 through magnetic force.
  • the plug structure of the two plug portions 182 may be the same or different.
  • the plug-in portion 182 connected to the speaker assembly 11 may be a plug-in buckle, and the plug-in portion 182 connected to the sound pickup assembly 16 may be a magnet.
  • the plug-in portion 182 may be directly connected to the sound pickup assembly 16 and the speaker assembly 11, for example, by hinged connection, snap connection, welding, integral molding, or the like.
  • the elastic metal wire 18113 may have any achievable shape, including but not limited to a strip shape, a column shape, and a sheet shape. This application is not limited to this, and the shape of the elastic metal wire 18113 can be determined according to actual conditions.
  • the elastic metal wire 18113 has a strong ability to recover from deformation, that is, it can return to its original shape after being deformed.
  • the elastic modulus of the elastic metal wire 18113 may be 70 Gpa to 90 GPa. Further, the elastic modulus of the elastic metal wire 18113 is 75 Gpa to 85 GPa. Further, the elastic modulus of the elastic metal wire 18113 is 80 Gpa to 84 Gpa. Further, the elastic modulus of the elastic metal wire 18113 is 81 Gpa to 83 Gpa.
  • the material of the elastic metal wire 18113 may be spring steel, titanium, or the like. In some embodiments, the material of the elastic metal wire 18113 may be Nitinol. Nickel-titanium alloy has a strong ability to restore deformation and effectively improve the service life. In this embodiment, by setting the elastic modulus of the elastic metal wire 18113 to be 70 GPa to 90 GPa, the elastic metal wire 18113 can have a good ability to absorb vibration, which can meet the requirements of the vibration absorbing ability of the connecting piece 181, thereby improving the pickup. The sound pickup quality of the sound component 162.
  • non-metallic materials can also be used as the skeleton of the connecting member 181, for example, elastic wires are used as the skeleton of the connecting member 181 using materials such as plastic or rubber.
  • a structure for protecting the elastic member 1811 may be provided outside the elastic member 1811.
  • the connecting assembly 18 may further include an elastic coating 183 covering the outer circumference of the elastic member 1811.
  • the elastic coating 183 has a certain degree of elasticity, and thus can further reduce the average amplitude attenuation rate when the vibration of the voice frequency band generated by the speaker assembly 11 is transmitted from the connecting assembly to the sound pickup assembly.
  • the elastic coating 183 may be a part of the elastic member 1811, for example, the elastic coating 183 may be integrally formed with the elastic member 1811.
  • the elastic coating 183 and the elastic member 1811 may be formed separately and then assembled.
  • the elastic member 1811 is still used as the elastic connecting rod 18111 as an example for description.
  • the elastic connecting rod 18111 may include an elastic coating 183 covering the outer circumference of the elastic metal wire 18113.
  • the elastic coating 183 may only cover a part of the outer circumference of the elastic metal wire 18113.
  • the elastic coating 183 may cover the outer circumference of the elastic metal wire 18113, that is, completely cover the elastic metal wire 18113.
  • the elastic coating 183 may further cover part of the plug-in portion 182, thereby protecting the elastic metal wire 18113 and the plug-in portion 182 at the same time.
  • the material of the elastic coating 183 may be silicone, rubber, plastic, or the like.
  • the elastic coating 183 may be provided with a wire channel (not shown in the figure) along its length direction (the direction in which the two connectors 182 are connected as shown in FIG. 5), and the wire channel may be compatible with the elastic
  • the metal wires 18113 are arranged side by side at intervals.
  • the plug-in portion 182 may be provided with a buried wire groove (not shown in the figure) connecting the wire channel, and the wire group used to connect the pickup assembly 16 may enter the wire channel through the buried wire groove of the adjacent plug-in portion 182 , And then enter the speaker assembly 11 through another plug-in part 182.
  • the wire group may be configured to electrically connect the sound pickup assembly 16 with other components (for example, the battery assembly 14 and the control circuit assembly 15).
  • the elastic modulus of the elastic coating 183 may be 0.5 Gpa to 2 Gpa. Further, the elastic modulus of the elastic coating 183 is 0.8 Gpa to 1.5 Gpa. Further, the elastic modulus of the elastic coating 183 is 1.2 Gpa to 1.4 Gpa. In this embodiment, by setting the elastic modulus of the elastic coating 183 to 0.5Gpa ⁇ 2Gpa, and since the elastic coating 183 is wrapped around the elastic metal wire 18113, the vibration transmitted by the elastic metal wire 18113 can be further increased. Absorption forms the effect of synergistic vibration absorption inside and outside, which can greatly improve the vibration absorption effect of the stick and microphone assembly, effectively reduce the vibration transmitted to the sound pickup assembly 16 and improve the sound pickup quality.
  • the connecting member 181 is only for convenience of description, and does not limit one or more embodiments of this specification within the scope of the cited embodiments. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principle of the connector 181, it is possible to arbitrarily combine various components, or perform operations on one or more of the units without departing from this principle. Omitted.
  • the elastic coating 183 may be omitted or replaced with a rigid shell.
  • the connecting member 181 is not the elastic member 1811 or the elastic member 1811 is not the elastic connecting rod 18111, the outer circumference of the connecting member 181 may still be covered with the elastic coating 183.
  • the elastic member 1811 may be an elastic connecting piece. Such deformations are all within the protection scope of one or more embodiments of this specification.
  • the sound pickup component needs to be electrically connected with other components of the bone conduction earphone, so that the user can control the sound pickup component. For example, the user can choose to turn off the pickup function of the pickup component. For another example, the user can adjust the volume of the sound picked up by the sound pickup component.
  • the sound pickup component includes a wire group electrically connected to other components of the bone conduction earphone, and the wire group of the sound pickup component 16 is electrically connected to the remaining one or more components of the bone conduction earphone. These components are all connected to the speaker assembly 11.
  • the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 needs to be electrically connected to the above components through the speaker assembly 11, and the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 is connected to the other one or more components of the bone conduction earphone. Make electrical connections.
  • the above-mentioned components are all connected to the speaker assembly 11, therefore, the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 needs to be electrically connected to the above-mentioned components via the speaker assembly 11.
  • the speaker assembly 11 may include a first speaker housing 111, a second speaker housing 112 and a speaker 113.
  • the first speaker housing 111 and the second speaker housing 112 are mated and connected to form a receiving space 110 for accommodating the speaker 113.
  • the first speaker housing 111 may be provided with first through holes 1110 and second through holes 1111 spaced apart. Both the first through holes 1110 and the second through holes 1111 can communicate with the accommodating space 110, and the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can Pass through the first through hole 1110 and pass through the receiving space 110 to the second through hole 1111.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 may be relatively fixed to the speaker assembly 11, that is, after the sound pickup assembly 16 is mated with the speaker assembly 11, it cannot move relative to the speaker assembly 11. In some embodiments, the sound pickup assembly may be directly connected to the first speaker housing, and the manner of connection will not be repeated here.
  • the first speaker housing 111 may be mated with one end of the connecting member 181 (for example, the elastic member 1811). In some embodiments, the first speaker housing 111 may be mated with one end of the elastic connecting rod 18111.
  • the microphone of the sound pickup assembly 16 can receive a larger amplitude vibration signal, and the microphone picks up The sound quality of the received sound signal is better and the volume is louder. For example, when the sound pickup assembly 16 is aimed at the user's mouth, the sound pickup effect is better.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 may be configured to be able to rotate relative to the speaker assembly 11 to facilitate the user to adjust the position of the sound pickup assembly 16 and improve user experience.
  • the sound pickup assembly in order to facilitate adjustment of the sound pickup position of the sound pickup assembly, may be configured to be able to rotate relative to the first speaker housing 111.
  • the speaker assembly 11 may include a rotating member 184.
  • the first speaker housing 111 may be provided with a first through hole 1110.
  • the rotating member 184 may be combined with the connecting member (for example, the elastic member 1811) 181 in one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 may be connected to the rotating member 184 via the connecting member 181, and then connected to the speaker assembly 11 via the rotating member 184, so as to realize the rotation relative to the speaker assembly 11.
  • the connecting member 181 may be an elastic member 1811, for example, the elastic member 1811 may be an elastic connecting rod 18111. This application will be described in conjunction with the rotating member 184 and the elastic connecting rod 18111.
  • the rotating member 184 is rotatably inserted into the first through hole 1110, and the plug-in portion 182 can be mated with the rotating member 184 so that the sound pickup assembly can rotate relative to the first speaker housing 111 .
  • the first speaker housing 111 may be provided with a second through hole 1111 spaced apart from the first through hole 1110.
  • the second through hole 1111 is used for plugging and fitting the remaining components of the bone conduction earphone (for example, the ear hook component 12 ), so as to connect and fix the speaker component 11 and the remaining components of the bone conduction earphone (for example, the ear hook component 12 ).
  • the first through hole 1110 and the second through hole 1111 both communicate with the receiving space 110.
  • the rotating member 184 may include a lead part 1841 and a rotating part 1842 connected to each other.
  • the rotating part 1842 may be embedded in the first through hole 1110, and the sound pickup assembly 16 may be connected to the lead part 1841. It is connected so that the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can pass through the lead portion 1841 and penetrate into the first through hole 1110 via the rotating portion 1842.
  • the port of the first through hole 1110 of the first speaker housing 111 may be provided with an access section (not shown in the figure) extending away from the first through hole 1110.
  • the access section communicates with the first through hole 1110.
  • the rotating part 1842 may be sleeved on the outer peripheral wall of the access section to realize a rotatable connection with the speaker assembly 11.
  • the first speaker housing 111 may include a bottom wall 1112 and a side wall 1113 that are connected to each other.
  • the side wall 1113 is circumferentially connected to the bottom wall 1112, and the second speaker housing 112 is disposed on a side of the side wall 1113 away from the bottom wall 1112 to form a receiving space 110 for accommodating the speaker 113.
  • the first through hole 1110 may be formed in the bottom wall 1112, and the second through hole 1111 may be formed in the side wall 1113.
  • the first through hole 1110 may be formed on a side of the bottom wall 1112 adjacent to the second through hole 1111 so that the first through hole 1110 and the second through hole 1111 are adjacent.
  • the bottom wall 1112 may have a first protrusion 1114 that protrudes away from the receiving space 110
  • the first through hole 1110 may be formed in the first protrusion 1114
  • the side wall 1113 may have a protrusion away from the receiving space 110.
  • the second through hole 1111 may be formed in the second convex portion 1115.
  • the convex direction of the first convex portion 1114 may form a certain angle with the convex direction of the second convex portion 1115, that is, between the axial direction of the first convex portion 1114 and the axial direction of the second convex portion 1115 The included angle is at an angle.
  • the convex direction of the first convex portion 1114 and the convex direction of the second convex portion 1115 may be perpendicular to each other.
  • the first convex portion 1114 and the second convex portion 1115 may be connected in an arc shape, that is, the connection surface between the first convex portion 1114 and the second convex portion 1115 is an arc surface.
  • the connecting surface between the first convex portion 1114 and the second convex portion 1115 may also be a plane.
  • the first convex portion 1114 is provided on the bottom wall 1112 and the second convex portion 1115 is provided on the side wall 1113, and the convex directions of the first convex portion 1114 and the second convex portion 1115 are perpendicular to each other and arc-shaped.
  • the connection can enhance the structural strength and structural stability of the first speaker housing 111.
  • the rotating member 184 is embedded in the first through hole 1110 of the first convex portion 1114, and the first convex portion 1114 has a corresponding height so that the rotation of the stick and microphone assembly will not be interfered by the first speaker housing 111.
  • the protrusion directions of the one convex portion 1114 and the second convex portion 1115 are perpendicular to each other, which can also reduce the possibility of mutual interference between the ear hook assembly 12 and the stick and microphone assembly.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 can be connected to other related components on the acoustic input and output device 10 through a corresponding wire group, for example, the battery assembly 14 or the control circuit assembly 15, except for the convenience of the user to pick up as described in the previous embodiment.
  • a corresponding wire group for example, the battery assembly 14 or the control circuit assembly 15, except for the convenience of the user to pick up as described in the previous embodiment.
  • it can also be used to transmit the acquired audio signal to related components for subsequent processing.
  • the wire set of the stick microphone assembly (that is, the structure composed of the connecting member 181 and the sound pickup assembly 16) may pass through the elastic coating 183 of the elastic connecting rod 18111 and be led out through the connecting portion 182.
  • the elastic coating 183 may be provided with a wire channel (not shown in the figure), and the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 may pass through the wire channel.
  • the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can pass through the plug-in portion 182 and then enter the first speaker housing 111. Specifically, the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can pass through the first through hole 1110 and pass through the receiving space 110 into the second through hole 1111.
  • the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 may further pass through the second through hole 1111 and enter other components of the bone conduction earphone (for example, in the accommodating space 120 of the ear hook assembly 12).
  • Other components of the earphone for example, the battery assembly 14 or the control circuit assembly 15 are electrically connected.
  • the stick microphone assembly (that is, the structure composed of the sound pickup assembly 16 and the connecting member 181) can rotate relative to the first speaker housing 111.
  • the wire assembly of the sound pickup assembly 16 will move, and the rotation of the sound pickup assembly 16 may be restricted due to improper movement of the wire assembly of the sound pickup assembly 16, for example, The winding or excessive bending of the wire assembly restricts the sound pickup assembly 16 from continuing to rotate.
  • the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 after the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 enters the first through hole 1110, it may directly or indirectly contact the speaker assembly 11 (for example, contact with the first speaker housing 111).
  • the wire set may also transmit the mechanical vibration generated by the speaker assembly 11 to the sound pickup assembly 16, thereby affecting the sound pickup effect of the sound pickup assembly 16, and may also affect the electrical connection stability. Based on the above reasons, the present application improves the speaker assembly 11 to improve the above technical problems.
  • the speaker assembly 11 may further include a wire fixing assembly, and the wire fixing assembly may be used to fix the wire set of the pickup assembly 16 passing through the first through hole 1110 to the second through hole 1111, thereby restricting the sound pickup.
  • the movement of the wire assembly caused by the relative rotation of the first speaker housing 111 when the assembly 16 rotates reduces the wear of the wire assembly, limits the mechanical vibration amplitude of the wire assembly of the sound pickup assembly 16 and improves the sound pickup effect of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the wire fixing assembly may include a pressing member 115, and the pressing member may be used to compress the wire group of the pickup assembly 16, thereby reducing the vibration amplitude of the wire group of the pickup assembly 16 and restricting the wire group. move.
  • the pressing member may be disposed in the accommodating space 110, that is, the pressing member may be located in the first speaker housing 111 to compress the wire assembly of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the pressing member 115 may include a first pressing member 1151, and the first pressing member 1151 may be used to press the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the first pressing member 1151 may be disposed in the accommodating space 110 and cover the first through hole 1110 for pressing the wire of the sound pickup assembly 16 passing through the first through hole 1110 to the second through hole 1111 Group.
  • the first pressing member 1151 may partially cover the first through hole 1110.
  • the first pressing member 1151 may partially cover the first through hole 1110, leaving only a part of the gap as a channel for the wire group to pass through. .
  • the first pressing member 1151 may completely cover the first through hole 1110, for example, the first pressing member 1151 may completely cover the first through hole 1110, and the wire group may be separated from the first pressing member 1151 and The gap between the joints of the first through holes 1110 enters the receiving space 110.
  • the first pressing member 1151 may be provided with a through hole (not shown in the figure) for the wire group to pass through, so that the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can enter the containing space through the hole of the first pressing member 1151 110 without passing through the gap between the connection between the first pressing member 1151 and the first through hole 1110, so that the first pressing member 1151 can be in close contact with the first through hole 1110.
  • the pressing member 115 can limit the movement space of the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 and reduce the shaking or movement of the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16, thereby reducing the vibration generated by the vibration of the speaker assembly 11 and being transmitted to the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the vibration of the sound pickup assembly 16 can also improve the electrical stability.
  • the pressing of the pressing member 115 can also reduce the friction between the wire assembly of the sound pickup assembly 16 and the first speaker housing 111 , In turn, can protect the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the pressing member 115 may further include a second pressing member 1152, and the second pressing member 1152 may be combined with the first pressing member 1151 in the foregoing embodiment to jointly compress the wire group.
  • the pressing member may also include only the second pressing member 1152, and the second pressing member 1152 can also realize the pressing of the wire group.
  • the second pressing member 1152 may be arranged in the same or similar manner as the first pressing member 1151.
  • the second pressing member 1152 may at least partially cover the first through hole 1110, or the second pressing member 1152 It can be provided with perforations for the wire group to pass through.
  • the pressing member may include the first pressing member 1151 and the second pressing member 1152 at the same time, so as to enhance the restriction effect on the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the first pressing member 1151 and the second pressing member 1152 may both be sheet-shaped members, the first pressing member 1151 and the second pressing member 1152 may be stacked, and the second pressing member 1152 is relative to each other. It is farther away from the first through hole 1110 than the first pressing member 1151.
  • the first pressing member 1151 can be used as a structure for directly contacting and pressing the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16, and the second pressing member 1152 can be used as a fixed first pressing member.
  • the holding member 1151 indirectly presses the structure of the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16, thereby improving the restricting effect of the holding member on the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the hardness of the second pressing member 1152 may be greater than the hardness of the first pressing member 1151. Since the first pressing member 1151 is in direct contact with the wire set of the pickup assembly 16, the first pressing member 1151 Having a smaller hardness can reduce the wear of the wire assembly of the pickup assembly 16, while making the second holding member 1152 have a certain hardness can make the first holding member 1151 more stable and reduce the movement of the wire assembly of the pickup assembly 16 And vibration amplitude.
  • the holding member may include multiple holding members or a combination of multiple sets of holding members at the same time. The combination of the holding members includes at least two different holding members.
  • the pressing member 115 may include a hard cover plate and an elastic body that are laminated.
  • the hard cover plate may be used as the first pressing member 1151
  • the elastic body may be used as the second pressing member 1152.
  • the hard cover plate can be used to contact the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16, and the hardness of the hard cover plate is greater than that of the elastic body. The hard cover plate contacts the wire group of the pickup assembly 16 by pressing the elastic body.
  • the hard cover plate with greater hardness can ensure the holding of the pickup assembly 16
  • the rigidity of the wire group, and the less rigid elastic body can improve the absorption of movement or vibration of the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16, reduce the vibration of the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16, and play a role of buffering and protection.
  • the hard cover plate may be metal, ceramic, plastic, etc., for example, the hard cover plate may be a steel sheet.
  • the elastomer may be plastic, silica gel, rubber sheet, fiber, etc., for example, the elastomer may be foam.
  • the wire fixing assembly may also fix the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 in other ways or structures.
  • the wire fixing assembly may include one or more clamps arranged in the accommodating space 110, and the clamps may be used to fix the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the clamps may be fixedly arranged on the inner wall of the first speaker housing 111. After the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 penetrates into the receiving space 110 through the first through hole 1110, the sound pickup assembly 16 is connected by the clamp. The wire group is fixed.
  • one or more clamps can be arranged in a preset manner, so that the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can pass through the receiving space 110 to the second through hole 1111 smoothly, and the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 Although it is fixed by the clamp, it will not affect the rotation of the sound pickup assembly 16 relative to the first speaker housing 111.
  • the form of a clamp can also be used to fix the wire assembly of the sound pickup assembly 16, and the clamp has a small volume, which can reduce the occupied space and is beneficial to reduce the volume of the speaker assembly.
  • the pressing member may be physically connected to the first speaker housing 111, for example, by bonding, pinning, welding, integral molding, or the like.
  • the speaker assembly 11 It may further include positioning members 1117 arranged at intervals on the first speaker housing 111, and the first pressing member 1151 and/or the second pressing member 1152 may be fixed to the first speaker housing 111 by the positioning member 1117.
  • the positioning member 1117 may be a protrusion 11171 disposed on the periphery of the first through hole 1110 and extending into the receiving space 110.
  • the first speaker housing 111 is provided with a plurality of protrusions 11171 protruding into the receiving space 110 on the periphery of the first through hole 1110, and the plurality of protrusions 11171 may As a positioning member 1117 for fixing the pressing member 115.
  • a plurality of protruding pillars 11171 may be arranged at intervals on the periphery of the first through hole 1110.
  • the second pressing member 1152 may be fixedly connected to the plurality of positioning members 1117, and the first pressing member 1151 may be fixed between the plurality of positioning members 1117.
  • the hard cover 1151 may be fixed to the plurality of protruding pillars 11171, and the elastic body 1152 may be disposed between the plurality of protruding pillars 11171 without being directly connected to the plurality of protruding pillars 11171.
  • the number of studs 11171 is three.
  • the hard cover plate is fixed by a plurality of protrusions 11171 arranged on the periphery of the first through hole 1110, and the elastic body 1152 is pressed between the first through hole 1110 and the hard cover plate, and the elastic body can hold the pickup assembly
  • the multiple protrusions 11171 can improve the stability of the hard cover 1151, and thus can improve the stability of the contact between the elastic body 1152 and the wire group.
  • the positioning member 1117 may also use other structures or forms to fix the pressing member 115.
  • the positioning member 1117 may be provided on a limiting plate (not shown in the figure) in the first speaker housing 111, and the limiting plate may restrict the movement of the pressing member 115 (for example, a hard cover plate, an elastic body), and The pressing member 115 is restricted to a position in close contact with the first through hole, so that the pressing member 115 can press the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 is fixed by the wire fixing assembly.
  • the pressing member 115 to press the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16
  • the generation of the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 due to the vibration of the speaker assembly 11 can be reduced.
  • the vibration can also enhance the stability of the wire assembly of the pickup assembly 16 during the rotation, and can also protect the wire assembly of the pickup assembly 16, reduce the wear of the wire assembly, and increase the service life of the wire assembly.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 also needs to have good stability during the rotation process, that is, the matching structure of the rotating member 184 and the first through hole 1110 plays a greater role in the rotation stability of the sound pickup assembly 16 .
  • the structure of the rotating member 184 is exemplarily described below.
  • the rotating member 184 may include a lead portion 1841 and a rotating portion 1842 connected to each other.
  • the lead part 1841 may be used to connect with the sound pickup assembly 16 (or the connecting member 181).
  • the rotating part 1842 can be embedded in the first through hole 1110 and can rotate relative to the first speaker housing 111.
  • the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can enter the accommodating space 110 via the lead portion 1841 and the rotating portion 1842.
  • the lead part 1841 may be formed with a first hole section 18410.
  • the rotating portion 1842 may be formed with a second hole section 18420 along its axis direction. The first hole section 18410 and the second hole section 18420 communicate with each other.
  • the connecting member 181 (for example, the elastic member 1811) may be mated with the lead portion 1841, and the wire group of the pickup assembly 16 may pass through the connecting member 181, the lead portion 1841 (the first hole section of the lead portion 1841) in sequence. 18410), the rotating portion 1842 (the second hole section 18420 of the rotating portion 1842) penetrates the first through hole 1110.
  • connection assembly 18 may include an adapter assembly for mating the connection member 181 (for example, the elastic member 1811) and the lead portion 1841.
  • connection member 181 for example, the elastic member 1811
  • the end of the connecting member 181 away from the pickup assembly 16 and the end of the lead portion 1841 away from the rotating portion 1842 may be provided with a first adapter and a second adapter that are compatible with each other.
  • the first adapter may be the plug portion 182 in one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the plug-in portion 182 ie, the plug-in portion 182 of the connector 181) of the stick microphone assembly (ie the structure composed of the connecting piece 181 and the sound pickup assembly 16) can be inserted into the first hole section 18410 of the lead portion 1841.
  • the connecting member 181 is connected to the rotating member 184, the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 can enter the receiving space 110 from the first hole section 18410 and the second hole section 18420.
  • the socket portion 182 may be provided with a socket section (not shown in the figure), and the socket section may be sleeved on the outer peripheral wall of the first hole section 18410 of the lead portion 1841, and the sound pickup assembly 16 The wire group can be inserted into the first hole section 18410 from the socket section.
  • the angle between the extending direction of the first hole section 18410 and the extending direction of the second hole section 18420 may be less than 180°. Further, the angle between the extending direction of the first hole section 18410 and the extending direction of the second hole section 18420 may be less than 170°. Further, the angle between the extending direction of the first hole section 18410 and the extending direction of the second hole section 18420 may be less than 160°. Further, the angle between the extending direction of the first hole section 18410 and the extending direction of the second hole section 18420 may be less than 150°.
  • the direction of the sound pickup assembly 16 can be adjusted by rotating the rotating part, so as to obtain different levels of sound reception effects.
  • the user may need to precisely adjust the sound pickup assembly 16 to a certain position, for example, the user's mouth.
  • a damping groove 1843 is provided along the circumferential direction of the rotating part 1842.
  • the connecting assembly 18 may further include a damping member 116 disposed in the damping groove 1843, and the damping member 116 can contact the inner peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 to provide rotational damping for the rotating portion 1842 through contact friction.
  • the damping member 116 contacts the inner peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 to provide rotational damping.
  • the rotating portion 1842 may include a rotating body 18421 and a first locking portion 18422 and a second locking portion 18423 protruding from both ends of the rotating body 18421 along the radial direction of the rotating body 18421.
  • the rotating body 18421 may be embedded in the first through hole 1110, and the first locking portion 18422 and the second locking portion 18423 respectively abut against both sides of the first speaker housing 111 to restrict rotation
  • the portion 1842 moves relative to the first speaker housing 111 in the axial direction.
  • the rotating main body 18421 may be arranged in a cylindrical shape, and a second hole section 18420 is opened along the axial direction thereof.
  • the first locking portion 18422 and the second locking portion 18423 may be disposed on the outer circumference of the rotating main body 18421, and are arranged in a ring shape or an open ring shape. Specifically, the first locking portion 18422 is farther away from the lead portion 1841 than the second locking portion 18423, and the second locking portion 18423 is closer to the lead portion 1841 than the first locking portion 18422.
  • the first locking portion 18422 and the second locking portion 18423 respectively abut the two sides penetrated by the first through hole 1110 in the first speaker housing 111, that is, the side located in the accommodating space 110 and the side located in the accommodating space 110. The other side outside the space 110.
  • the first locking portion 18422 and the second locking portion 18423 may be combined with the damping assembly (that is, the damping member 116 and the damping groove 1843) in one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the rotating portion 1842 may be provided with a damping groove 1843.
  • the rotating main body 18421 has a damping groove 1843 formed between the first locking portion 18422 and the second locking portion 18423 along its circumference.
  • the speaker assembly 11 may include a damping member 116, for example, the damping member 116 may be a damping ring sleeved in the damping groove 1843.
  • the damping member 116 (for example, a damping ring) is disposed in the damping groove 1843 and is in contact with the peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 to provide rotational damping for the rotating portion 1842 through contact friction.
  • the peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 that is, the bottom wall 1112 surrounds a part of the first through hole 1110.
  • the rotation damping of the rotating part 1842 relative to the first through hole 1110 needs to be overcome, which can effectively prevent the rotating part from rotating randomly.
  • the position of the sound pickup assembly 16 can be fixed without fixing the sound pickup assembly 16 to further improve the user experience.
  • the damping member 116 may be a rubber member, a plastic member, or a silicone member.
  • the damping member 116 may also be made of other types of materials, such as high damping. alloy.
  • the reliability of the rotation needs to be enhanced. If the sound pickup assembly 16 can rotate in the same direction without restriction (that is, the rotation range (Greater than 360 degrees), the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 may be twisted or broken. Moreover, if the pickup assembly 16 rotates in the same direction without restriction, the damping assembly (damping groove 1843 and the damping member 116) of the rotating member 184 may be more likely to fail, making it difficult to use the rotating member 184 to adjust the pickup assembly 16 later. angle. For this reason, in some embodiments, the rotation range of the sound pickup assembly 16 needs to be limited.
  • the connecting assembly 18 may further include a rotation limiting structure, which may be used to limit the rotation range of the rotating portion 1842 relative to the first speaker housing 111 and improve the service life of the rotating member.
  • the rotation limiting structure may include a limiting groove 18441 provided in the circumferential direction on the rotating portion 1842 and a limiting member 1116 provided on the inner peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 and adapted to the limiting groove 18441;
  • the limiting member 1116 can abut the two ends of the limiting groove 18441 to restrict the rotating portion 1842 from continuing to rotate.
  • the rotating portion 1842 may be provided with a limiting groove 18441, and the peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 may be protrudingly provided with a protrusion 11161, and the protrusion 11161 is used for the limiting groove 18441 Cooperate, thereby restricting the rotation range of the rotation portion 1842.
  • the rotation limiting structure can be combined with the damping assembly (ie the damping element 116 and the damping groove 1843) and/or the first locking portion 18422 and the second locking portion 18423 in the foregoing one or more embodiments. use.
  • the rotating main body 18421 may form a limiting groove 18441 between the first locking portion 18422 and the second locking portion 18423 along its circumferential direction.
  • the limiting groove 18441 and the damping groove 1843 can be arranged at intervals. Specifically, the limiting groove 18441 and the damping groove 1843 are spaced apart in the axial direction of the rotating main body 18421. For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, the limiting groove 18441 is closer to the first locking portion 18422, and the damping groove 1843 It is closer to the second locking portion 18423.
  • the limiting groove 18441 may be arranged in an open ring shape, that is, the angle occupied by the limiting groove 18441 may be less than 360°. Further, the angle occupied by the limiting slot 18441 may be less than 300°. Further, the angle occupied by the limiting groove 18441 may be less than 270°. In some embodiments, the limiting groove 18441 may overlap with the damping groove 1843. For example, the limit slot 18441 can provide rotation damping for the rotating member.
  • the position of the limiting groove 18441 and the protrusion 11161 is not limited in this application.
  • the limiting groove 18441 may be provided on the peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110, and the protrusion 11161 may be provided on the rotating wall.
  • the main body 18421 On the main body 18421.
  • the peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 may be protrudingly provided with a bump 11161 (also shown in FIG. 9 ).
  • the bump 11161 may be embedded in the limiting groove 18441.
  • the two ends of the limiting groove 18441 can change the position between the two ends of the limiting groove 18441 and the protrusion 11161 as the rotating portion 1842 rotates.
  • the protrusion 11161 can restrict the rotation part 1842 to continue to rotate in the current rotation direction. That is, the protrusion 11161 can abut the two ends of the limiting groove 18441 to limit the rotation range of the rotating portion 1842.
  • the limiting groove 18441 provided on the rotating main body 18421 and the protrusion 11161 provided on the peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 can limit the rotating range of the rotating portion 1842, and also make the sound pickup assembly 16 rotate within a certain range.
  • the restricted rotation in the same direction improves the reliability of the rotation of the sound pickup assembly 16, reduces the probability of failure of the sound pickup assembly 16, and increases the service life of the acoustic input and output device 10.
  • the number of the limiting groove 18441 and the number of the bump 11161 may both be one.
  • the number of the limiting groove 18441 and the bump 11161 may be at least two.
  • the number of the limiting groove 18441 and the convex block 11161 may be two, the two limiting grooves 18441 are arranged on the peripheral wall of the rotating part 1842 at intervals, and the two convex blocks 11161 are arranged on the peripheral wall of the first through hole 1110 at intervals, and one convex Block 11161 corresponds to a limit slot 18441.
  • the two limiting grooves 18441 may be located on the same plane of the peripheral wall of the rotating portion 1842, or may be located on different planes, that is, the two limiting grooves 18441 are staggered.
  • the location of the protrusion 11161 is not limited in this application, as long as it can be matched with the limiting slot 18441.
  • the rotation limiting structure can limit the rotation range of the rotating member 184 in other ways in addition to the limiting groove 18441 and the protrusion 11161 in one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the rotation limiting structure may include a magnetic attraction component (not shown in the figure), and the magnetic attraction component may include a permeable magnet provided in the circumferential direction on the rotating portion 1842 and an inner peripheral wall provided in the first through hole 1110 Magnet.
  • the magnetizer may have a certain length and surround the peripheral wall of the rotating part 1842. The strong coupling between the magnet and the permeable magnet prevents the magnet from being separated from the permeable magnet.
  • the length of the magnetizer may be smaller than the circumference of the peripheral wall of the rotating part 1842. Further, the length of the magnetic conductor may be less than 5/6 of the circumference of the peripheral wall of the rotating part 1842, and the rotating range of the corresponding rotating part 1842 is 300 degrees. Further, the length of the magnetic conductor may be less than 3/4 of the circumference of the peripheral wall of the rotating part 1842, and the rotating range of the corresponding rotating part 1842 is 270 degrees.
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 and the rotating member 184 can be relatively fixed, that is, the sound pickup assembly 16 cannot be detached from the rotating member, for example, the sound pickup assembly 16 can be connected by bonding or welding.
  • the connection between the sound pickup assembly and the rotating member 184 is a fixed connection, it is inconvenient to disassemble the sound pickup assembly 16. Therefore, in some embodiments, the sound pickup assembly 16 may be configured to be detachably connected with the rotating member 184. However, in some application scenarios, the position of the sound pickup assembly 16 may change frequently. After a long time use, the connection strength between the sound pickup assembly 16 and the rotating part 184 may be reduced, and the sound pickup assembly 16 may be separated from the rotating part. 184.
  • the connecting assembly 18 may further include a fixing assembly for restricting the movement of the sound pickup assembly 16 relative to the rotating member 184.
  • the fixed component is a detachable component.
  • the fixing assembly may include a third adapter (not shown in the figure) provided on the lead portion 1841 and a fourth adapter provided on the pickup assembly 16 that is mated with the third adapter. Pieces (not shown in the figure).
  • the sound pickup assembly 16 can be connected to the rotating member 184 through the cooperation of the third adapter and the fourth adapter.
  • the third adapter may be a buckle provided on the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the fourth matching portion may be a buckle groove that is provided in the first hole section 18410 of the lead portion 1841 and is adapted to the buckle. The buckle can be locked in the buckle groove to fix the sound pickup assembly 16 and the rotating member 184.
  • the fixing assembly in the present application can be combined with the connecting member 181 (for example, the elastic member 1811) in one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the connecting assembly 18 may include a fixed assembly and a connecting piece 181 at the same time, the pickup assembly 16 and the rotating piece 184 are connected through the connecting piece 181, and the pickup assembly 16 and the connecting piece 181 are connected through the fixed assembly.
  • the fixing assembly may include a fixing piece 114, and the fixing piece 114 may be disposed on the rotating piece 184 to fixedly connect the connecting piece 181 and the rotating piece 184.
  • the fixing member 114 may be a part of the speaker assembly 11 for fixing the connecting member 181 inserted in the first hole section 11410, thereby restricting the stick-mic assembly (ie, the connecting member 181 and the sound pickup assembly 16) Mobile.
  • the fixing member 114 may further include a fixing connecting portion provided at one end of the fixing main body 1141, and the first end of the connecting member 181 is provided with a fixing fitting portion; the fixing connecting portion can be mated with the fixing fitting portion.
  • the fixing and mating part may be a fixing hole 180.
  • a fixing hole 180 may be opened at the first end of the connecting member 181 for inserting in the first hole section 11410.
  • the fixed connection portion may be a pin 1142 mated with the fixing hole 180.
  • the fixing member 114 may include a fixing body 1141 and a pin 1142 provided at one end of the fixing body 1141.
  • the fixing body 1141 can be inserted into the second hole section 18420, and the pin 1142 is inserted into the fixing hole 180 to restrict the movement of the connecting member 181 and the sound pickup assembly 16.
  • the fixed main body 1141 is also provided with a corresponding lead hole 1140 along its length.
  • the lead hole 1140 When the fixed part 114 is mated with the rotating part 184 and the rotating part 184 is mated with the first through hole 1110, the lead hole 1140
  • the second hole section 18420 can be connected to the receiving space 110 of the speaker assembly 11, and the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 can enter the lead hole 1140 through the first hole section 11410, and then pass through the corresponding lead hole 1140 on the fixed body 1141 to enter the receiving space. Space 110.
  • the pin 1142 may be provided with a threading hole (not shown in the figure) that communicates with the lead hole 1140 along its axis.
  • a threading hole (not shown in the figure) that communicates with the lead hole 1140 along its axis.
  • the fixing connection portion may be a fixing hole 180 opened at one end of the fixing body 1141, and the fixing hole 180 may communicate with the lead hole 1140.
  • the fixed connection part may be a pin 1142 provided at one end of the connecting member 181 (for example, the elastic member 1811), and the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 may enter the fixing hole 180 through the pin 1142, and enter the lead wire through the fixing hole 180 ⁇ 1140.
  • the pins 1142 may include snaps.
  • the buckle can be locked in the fixing hole 180 to prevent the connecting pin 1142 from being separated from the fixing hole 180 and further improve the connection strength of the connecting member 181.
  • the rotating part 1842 needs to have a certain rigidity to ensure that the rotating member 184 has sufficient connection strength when connected to the first speaker housing 111.
  • the first locking portion 18422 and the rotating body 18421 need to be embedded in the first through hole 1110. If the rigidity of the rotating portion 1842 is too large, it is inconvenient to embed the first locking portion 18422 and the rotating body 18421 into the first through hole 1110. Therefore, it is necessary for the rotating main body 18421 and the first locking portion 18422 to have a certain degree of elasticity. Based on the above reasons, it is necessary to design the structure of the rotating part 1842 to have a certain degree of elasticity so as to be able to be embedded in the first through hole 1110 while ensuring a certain degree of rigidity.
  • a notch 18424 may be formed at an end of the rotating portion 1842 away from the lead portion 1841, and the notch 18424 may communicate with the second hole section 18420.
  • the fixing member 114 may further include a boss 1143 protrudingly provided on the outer periphery of the fixing body 1141. The boss 1143 can be embedded in the notch 18424 and supported in the notch 18424. In this way, the rotating main body 18421 can be supported to be stably received in the second hole section 18420.
  • the number of the notches 18424 may be at least two, and the end of the rotating part 1842 away from the lead part 1841 is divided into at least two sub-components 18425 spaced apart along the circumferential direction of the rotating part 1842. That is, the notch 18424 can penetrate through the peripheral side of the rotating main body 18421, and in the circumferential direction of the rotating portion 1842, the end of the rotating portion 1842 away from the lead portion 1841 is divided into a corresponding number of sub-components 18425.
  • the end of the rotating part 1842 is divided into at least two sub-components 18425 by opening the notch 18424, so that the end of the rotating part 1842 away from the lead part 1841 can have a certain degree of elasticity, which can reduce the insertion of the rotating part 1842 into the first through hole 1110.
  • the internal difficulty improves the efficiency of assembly.
  • the boss 1143 is embedded in the notch 18424 to enhance the structural reliability and strength of the rotating portion 1842 in a complementary manner.
  • the number of the notches 18424 is two and they are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the number of the bosses 1143 is correspondingly two and is opposite to each other.
  • the two bosses 1143 are correspondingly embedded in the two notches 18424 so that the fixing member 114 is supported between the two sub-components 18425. Further, the two bosses 1143 are embedded in the two notches 18424, so that the fixing member 114 and the end of the rotating portion 1842 away from the lead portion 1841 can complement each other to form a complete ring structure.
  • the application does not limit the number of gaps 18424, and the number of gaps 18424 can be one, three, four, and so on.
  • the number of the sub-components 18425 is the same as the number of the gaps 18424, so that the sub-components 18425 can completely fill the gaps 18424 to form a complete ring structure.
  • the above description of the fixing assembly is only for convenience of description, and does not limit one or more embodiments of this specification within the scope of the embodiments. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principle of the fixing component, they may be combined arbitrarily, or one or more of the components may be omitted without departing from this principle.
  • the fixed connector and the fixed adapter can be omitted.
  • the fixing assembly may be combined with the wire fixing assembly in one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the fixing component may be combined with the elastic member 1811 in one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the fixing member 114 may further include a fixing connecting portion provided at one end of the fixing main body 1141, and the first end of the elastic member 1811 is provided with a fixing fitting portion; the fixing connecting portion can be mated with the fixing fitting portion to restrict The elastic member 1811 moves relative to the rotating member 184.
  • the fixed component may be combined with the damping component (for example, the structure composed of the damping member 116 and the damping groove 1843) and the rotation limiting structure (for example, the limiting groove 18441 and the protrusion 11161) in the foregoing one or more embodiments. Structure) combined. Such deformations are all within the protection scope of one or more embodiments of this specification.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 when the acoustic input and output device 10 is a bone conduction earphone, it may further include an ear hook assembly 12, which may be connected with the speaker assembly 11 to keep the speaker assembly 11 in stable contact with the user’s ears, Prevent the speaker assembly 11 from falling off the user's ears.
  • an ear hook assembly 12 which may be connected with the speaker assembly 11 to keep the speaker assembly 11 in stable contact with the user’s ears, Prevent the speaker assembly 11 from falling off the user's ears.
  • the number of ear hook components 12 may be at least one.
  • the bone conduction headset is a monaural headset, and the number of the speaker assembly 11 of the monaural headset is one, and one speaker assembly 11 is connected to one ear hook assembly 12 and fixed to one of the ears of the user.
  • the number of ear hook components may be two.
  • the bone conduction earphone may be a binaural earphone. When the user wears the bone conduction earphone, the two sets of speaker components 11 are connected to the two sets of earhook components 12 respectively, and they are fixed near the left and right ears of the user to realize the dual ear wearing. .
  • the second through hole 1111 of the first speaker housing 111 can be used for the earhook assembly 12 to be plugged in, and the wire set of the sound pickup assembly 16 can pass through the second through hole 1111 to the earhook assembly. 12 in the accommodating space 120.
  • the ear hook assembly 12 will be exemplarily described below.
  • the earhook assembly 12 may include an earhook connection assembly and an earhook housing.
  • the ear hook connecting component 122 can connect the second through hole 1111 and the ear hook shell.
  • the ear hook housing may have an accommodating space 120 for accommodating at least one of the battery assembly 14 and the control circuit assembly 15.
  • the wire group of the sound pickup assembly 16 can pass through the second through hole 1111, penetrate the accommodating space 120 via the ear hook connection assembly 122, and be electrically connected to the battery assembly 14 and/or the control circuit assembly 15 accommodated in the accommodating space 120.
  • the earhook housing may include a first earhook housing 121 and a second earhook housing 123 that is adapted to the first earhook housing 121.
  • the ear hook housing can be formed and an accommodating space 120 can be formed in the ear hook housing.
  • the accommodating space 120 of one of the ear-hook assemblies 12 is used to house the battery assembly 14, such as the ear-hook assembly 12 shown in FIG. 10.
  • the accommodating space 120 of the other ear-hook assembly 12 is used to house the control circuit assembly 15, such as the ear-hook assembly 12 shown in FIG. 11.
  • the accommodating space 120 of one earhook assembly 12 can accommodate the control circuit assembly 15 and the battery assembly 14 at the same time.
  • the ear hook connection component 122 may include the ear hook connection component 122.
  • One end of the ear hook connecting component 122 can be connected to the first ear hook shell 121.
  • the other end of the ear hook connection component 122 is connected to the speaker component 11.
  • the other end of the ear hook connecting component 122 is inserted into the second through hole 1111 of the first speaker housing 111 to be mated with the speaker component 11.
  • the other end of the ear hook connection component 122 may be connected to the speaker component 11 in other ways.
  • the ear hook connection assembly 122 may further include an ear hook adapter.
  • the ear hook adapter can connect the second through hole 1111 and the other end of the ear hook connection assembly 122.
  • An exemplary ear hook adapter may be an adapter tube.
  • the other end of the ear hook connecting component 122 and the second through hole 1111 can be connected to the two ends of the adapter pipe respectively to realize the connection between the two.
  • the battery assembly 14 may include a battery casing and a battery cell (not shown in the figure) disposed in the battery casing. Among them, batteries can be used to store electricity.
  • the first NFC module 102 mentioned in the headset communication system embodiment in one or more embodiments of the present application may be attached to the battery assembly 14.
  • the first NFC module can be attached to the battery casing, which can reduce the volume of the acoustic input and output device 10 and also reduce electromagnetic interference or signal interference between the first NFC module 102 and the control circuit assembly 15.
  • the control circuit component 15 may include a circuit board 151, a power interface 152, a button 153, an antenna 154, and the like.
  • the first Bluetooth module 101 may be integrated in the control circuit assembly 15.
  • the control circuit assembly 15 may also integrate other circuits and components.
  • the first Bluetooth module 101 may be integrated on the circuit board 151.
  • the sensor component 17 may also be integrated on the circuit board 151.
  • the first earhook housing 121 may form a window 1200 for transmitting the optical signal of the optical sensor.
  • the window 1200 may be arranged adjacent to the earhook connection assembly 122, for example, arranged near the connection between the first earhook housing 121 and the earhook connection assembly 122 shown in FIG. 1200 is close to the base of the user's ears.
  • the shape of the window 1200 may include a circle, an ellipse, a rectangle, a rectangle-like shape (for example, the four corners of the rectangle are rounded corners), a polygon, and the like.
  • the shape of the window 1200 may be similar to a rectangle.
  • the window 1200 is arranged in a racetrack shape.
  • the extension line of the central axis of the ear hook connection assembly 122 and the long axis of the window 1200 intersect, as shown schematically in FIG. 11, the approximate intersecting relationship is schematically shown.
  • the window 1200 can be effectively close to the position of the user adjacent to the base of the ear, thereby ensuring the sensitivity of the sensor assembly 17 and the effective detection. sex.
  • the first earhook shell 121 of the earhook assembly 12 for accommodating the control circuit assembly 15 may form the window 1200 described above.
  • the first ear hook shell 121 needs to be mated with the second ear hook shell 123 to form a complete ear hook shell.
  • the first ear hook shell 121 and the second ear hook shell 123 may be directly connected, for example, by bonding, welding, riveting, or the like.
  • the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123 may be connected by a mechanical structure, for example, a snap structure, a pin structure, and the like.
  • the development trend of the acoustic input and output device 10 will be towards lightness and miniaturization, and the ear hook assembly 12 is used to house the battery assembly 14 or the control circuit assembly 15 and related wiring, etc., which are often acoustic
  • the design of the relevant buckle position and the buckle structure in the ear hook assembly 12 will affect the volume of the entire ear hook assembly 12.
  • the earhook assembly 12 may include a splicing assembly, and the splicing assembly may be used to restrict the splicing direction and thickness of the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123.
  • the splicing assembly provided in this embodiment can ensure the connection strength of the first earhook housing 121 and the second earhook housing 123, and can reduce the volume of the earhook assembly 12 at the same time.
  • This embodiment provides the following housing structure and splicing assembly of the ear hook assembly 12.
  • the splicing assembly may include a first splicing piece and a second splicing piece adapted to the first splicing piece.
  • the first assembling piece and the second assembling piece may be provided in the first ear hook shell 121 and the second ear hook shell 123, respectively.
  • the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123 can be relatively fixed in the splicing direction and the thickness direction.
  • the first assembling piece may include a first groove 1211 and a second groove 1212 that are provided along the length direction of the first ear hook shell 121 and have the same opening direction
  • the second assembling piece may include The first locking block 1231 and the second locking block 1232 protruding in the length direction of the hanging shell 123 and extending in the same direction, so that the first locking block 1231 and the second locking block 1232 can be respectively inserted into the first slot in the same direction 1211 and the second card slot 1212.
  • the first ear hook shell 121 may be formed with a first slot 1211 and a second slot 1212 that are spaced apart
  • the second ear hook shell 123 can be formed with a first block 1231 and a second card that are spaced apart.
  • Block 1232, the first card slot 1211 and the first card block 1231 can be snap-fitted, and the second card slot 1212 and the second card block 1232 can be snap-fitted, so that the first ear hook shell 121 and the second ear hook shell 123 can be snap-fitted.
  • the accommodating space 120 may have a length direction and a thickness direction perpendicular to each other.
  • the length direction refers to the length direction of the accommodating space 120 (as shown in FIG. 13)
  • the thickness direction refers to the thickness direction of the accommodating space 120 (as shown in FIG. 13).
  • the splicing direction refers to the direction of movement when the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123 are spliced, as shown in FIG. 14. As shown in FIGS.
  • the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123 may be spliced along a splicing direction perpendicular to the length direction and the thickness direction, thereby forming an accommodating space 120.
  • the first ear hook housing 121 may have a first sub-accommodating space 1210
  • the second ear hook housing 123 may have a second sub-accommodating space 1230
  • the first ear hook housing 121 may be formed with a first slot 1211 and a second slot 1212 with the same or similar opening directions at intervals along the length direction.
  • the openings of the first slot 1211 and the second slot 1212 face the same direction.
  • the second ear hook shell 123 is provided with a first blocking block 1231 and a second blocking block 1232 extending in the same or similar directions protrudingly along the length direction.
  • the first locking block 1231 and the second locking block 1232 are spaced apart in the length direction, and the protruding directions of the first locking block 1231 and the second locking block 1232 are the same, so that the two face the same direction.
  • the first locking block 1231 and the second locking block 1232 can be respectively inserted into the first slot 1211 and the second slot 1212 in the same direction.
  • the first clip 1231 can be inserted into the first slot 1211
  • the second clip 1232 can be inserted into the second slot 1212 to restrict the first earhook housing 121 and the second earhook housing. 123 relative movement in the splicing direction and the thickness direction.
  • the first splicing edge 1201 of the first ear hook shell 121 and the second splicing edge 1202 of the second ear hook shell 123 may fit with each other to restrict the first ear hook shell 121 and the second ear hook shell.
  • the hanging shell 123 relatively moves in the length direction.
  • the first splicing edge 1201 of the first ear hook shell 121 may refer to the edge of the first ear hook shell 121 facing the second ear hook shell 123 for splicing with the second ear hook shell 123 , The first splicing edge 1201 shown in FIG. 12.
  • the second splicing edge 1202 of the second earhook shell 123 may refer to the edge of the second earhook shell 123 facing the first earhook shell 121, and is used to communicate with the first earhook shell 121.
  • Splicing as shown in the second splicing edge 1202 in FIG. 13.
  • the fit of the first ear hook shell 121 and the second ear hook shell 123 may mean that the shape of the first splicing edge 1201 of the first ear hook shell 121 and the second splicing edge 1202 of the second ear hook shell 123 are the same.
  • the two can fit or complement each other to form a stable matching structure, which can limit the relative movement of the two in the length direction.
  • the splicing of the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123 may refer to the second splicing of the first splicing edge 1201 of the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123
  • the edges 1202 are substantially in contact and connected.
  • the extending directions of the first blocking block 1231 and the second blocking block 1232 may be opposite, that is, the first blocking block 1231 and the second blocking block 1232 respectively protrude in different directions, for example, the first blocking block 1231 Extending to the left along the length direction, the second blocking block 1232 extends to the right along the length direction.
  • the opening directions of the first slot 1211 and the second slot 1212 are also opposite.
  • the first blocking block 1231 and the second blocking block 1232 respectively protrude in opposite directions, which will inevitably lead to the first blocking block 1231 and the second blocking block 1231.
  • the additional space occupied by the card block 1232 is increased.
  • the distance in the length direction also needs to be increased to cover the first card block 1231.
  • the second block 1232 which increases the size of the earhook housing.
  • the first card block 1231 and the second card block 1232 by arranging the first card slot 1211 and the second card slot 1212 with the same or similar opening directions, and the first card block 1231 and the second card block 1232 with the same or similar extending direction, the first card block 1231 and the second card block 1232
  • the mating direction of the second locking block 1232 with the first locking slot 1211 and the second locking slot 1212 is the same.
  • the additional volume occupied by the first clamping block 1231 and the second clamping block 1232 can be reduced, and the first clamping block 1231 can be reduced.
  • the volume occupied by the second clamping block 1232 and the first clamping slot 1211 and the second clamping slot 1212 can effectively reduce the volume of the ear hook assembly 12.
  • first splicing edge 1201 of the first earhook shell 121 and the second splicing edge 1202 of the second earhook shell 123 to fit each other, there is no need to provide additional buckles, protrusions and other structures, which can make the earhook
  • the structure of the assembly 12 is more compact and the volume of the ear hook assembly 12 is reduced.
  • the splicing direction and thickness of the first earhook housing 121 and the first earhook housing 121 can be restricted by the cooperation of the first and second locking blocks 1231 and 1232 with the first and second locking slots 1211 and 1212.
  • the movement of the first splicing edge 1201 and the second splicing edge 1202 can limit the displacement in the longitudinal direction, which can make the splicing of the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123 more stable and the structure more stable. reliable.
  • the first slot 1211 and the second slot 1212 may be respectively located on both sides of the first ear hook housing 121 along the length direction, and the opening direction of the first slot 1211 may be Toward the accommodating space 120, the opening direction of the second slot 1212 may be away from the accommodating space 120. That is, the opening direction of the first slot 1211 faces the first sub-accommodating space 1210, and the opening direction of the second slot 1212 is away from the first sub-accommodating space 1210.
  • the first slot 1211 can be opened on the side of the first earhook housing 121 close to the earhook connection assembly 122, and the second slot 1212 is opened on the first earhook housing 121 away from the earhook connection assembly. 122 on the side.
  • the first blocking block 1231 and the second blocking block 1232 may be respectively located on both sides of the second ear hook housing 123 along the length direction, and the extending direction of the first blocking block 1231 may be Facing away from the accommodating space 120, the extending direction of the second block 1232 may face into the accommodating space 120. That is, the extending direction of the first locking block 1231 may be away from the second sub-accommodating space 1230, and the extending direction of the second locking block 1232 may be toward the second sub-accommodating space 1230.
  • the first blocking block 1231 may be disposed on the side of the second earhook housing 123 close to the earhook connection assembly 122, and the second blocking block 1232 may be disposed on the second earhook housing 123 away from the earhook connection assembly 122.
  • One side Since the second locking block 1232 protrudes and extends into the accommodating space 120, compared with the protruding extension to the accommodating space 120, it does not need to occupy additional space, which can save corresponding space.
  • the second card slot 1212 is located in When mating, it is located in front of the extension direction of the second block 1232, and the two are embedded and mated, which can also reduce the volume of the ear hook assembly 12.
  • the application does not specifically limit the installation positions and specific installation forms of the first card slot 1211, the second card slot 1212, the first card block 1231, and the second card block 1232.
  • the extension directions of the first locking block 1231 and the second locking block 1232 can both extend to the right along the length direction, and correspondingly, the locking directions of the first locking slot 1211 and the second locking slot 1212 need to correspond to it.
  • Such deformations are all within the protection scope of this application.
  • first clamping block 1231 and the second clamping block 1232 are respectively mated with the first clamping slot 1211 and the second clamping slot 1212, due to the extension direction of the first clamping block 1231 and the second clamping block 1232
  • the first block 1231 and the second block 1232 both extend to the left along the length direction.
  • the second ear hook shell 123 cannot move to the left along the length direction relative to the first ear hook shell 121.
  • the second earhook housing 123 can move to the right along the length direction. Therefore, the relative movement of the first earhook housing 121 and the second earhook housing 123 cannot be completely restricted by only relying on the cooperation between the clamping block and the groove.
  • the first assembling piece may further include a first stopper 1213 provided at the first splicing edge 1201 of the first earhook shell 121.
  • the second assembling piece may further include a second stopper 1234 provided on the second splicing edge 1202 of the second earhook shell 123.
  • the first stopper 1213 and the second stopper 1234 may fit with each other to restrict the relative movement of the first earhook housing 121 and the second earhook housing 123 in the length direction.
  • first stop portion 1213 and the second stop portion 1234 fit each other can mean that the shapes of the first stop portion 1213 and the second stop portion 1234 are adapted, and the two can fit or complement each other, thereby forming a stable
  • the matching structure can restrict the relative movement of the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123 in the length direction.
  • the first stop portion 1213 is an opening formed by the first splicing edge 1201 of the first ear hook shell 121
  • the second stop portion 1234 is formed by the second splicing edge 1202 of the second ear hook shell 123
  • the shapes of the protrusions, the openings and the protrusions are adapted to each other, so that the first splicing edge 1201 of the first earhook shell 121 and the second splicing edge 1202 of the second earhook shell 123 can be complementary , In order to limit the relative movement of the two in the length direction.
  • the opening may be a groove
  • the protrusion may be a protrusion adapted to the groove, and the protrusion can cooperate with the groove to restrict the first earhook housing 121 and the second earhook housing 123 Relative movement in the length direction.
  • the present application does not specifically limit the specific structures and installation positions of the first stop portion 1213 and the second stop portion 1234. It is only for convenience of description, and cannot limit one or more embodiments of this specification within the scope of the cited embodiments. It can be understood that for those skilled in the art, after understanding the principles of the first stop 1213 and the second stop 1234, improvements may be made without departing from this principle.
  • the first stopping portion 1213 is a protrusion formed by the first splicing edge 1201 of the first earhook shell 121
  • the second stopping portion 1234 is formed by the second splicing edge 1202 of the second earhook shell 123. The formed opening.
  • the opening direction of the first slot 1211 faces the accommodating space 120. If the first slot 1211 is formed directly in the first sub-accommodating space 1210, the corresponding mold is used to form the first slot 1211. In the process of forming the first sub-accommodating space 1210 and the first card slot 1211, the drawing direction of forming the first sub-accommodating space 1210 and the drawing direction of forming the first card slot 1211 may interfere with each other. The drawing direction of 1211 is in the first sub-accommodating space 1210, which can also conflict with the drawing directions of other structures, which brings greater difficulties to production. Therefore, the following structure is designed in this embodiment to reduce the difficulty of production and manufacturing.
  • the first ear hook shell 121 may be provided with an outer hole section 1215 and an inner hole section 1216 communicating with each other in a direction from the outside of the accommodating space 120 to the inside of the accommodating space 120. That is, the opening direction of the outer hole section 1215 faces away from the accommodating space 120, the opening direction of the inner hole section 1216 faces the accommodating space 120, and the outer hole section 1215 and the inner hole section 1216 are connected.
  • the opening shapes of the inner hole section 1216 and the outer hole section 1215 may include shapes such as rectangles, triangles, circles, etc., which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • a filler 1217 may be filled in the outer hole section 1215.
  • the filler 1217 may include, but is not limited to, plastic, metal, rubber, and the like.
  • the filler may be hard rubber.
  • the outer hole section 1215 and the inner hole section 1216 may be formed in sequence from the outside of the first earhook shell 121 to the inside of the first earhook shell 121. Since the drawing direction of the outer hole section 1215 and the inner hole section 1216 does not need to be carried out in the first sub-accommodating space 1210, but outside the first ear hook shell 121, then the filler 1217 is used to fill the outer hole section 1215 , So that the remaining inner hole section 1216 can be used as the first slot 1211, thereby effectively reducing manufacturing difficulty and complexity, and saving cost.
  • the cross-sectional area of the outer hole section 1215 perpendicular to the connecting direction of the outer hole section 1215 and the inner hole section 1216 is larger than the cross section of the inner hole section 1216 perpendicular to the connecting direction of the outer hole section 1215 and the inner hole section 1216. area. Since the corresponding cross-sectional area of the outer hole section 1215 is larger than the corresponding cross-sectional area of the inner hole section 1216, it is convenient to fill the filler 1217 in the outer hole section 1215, thereby having a better sealing effect and faster formation The first card slot 1211.
  • Step S100 forming the first ear hook shell 121 and the second ear hook shell 123 by injection molding, and in the first ear hook shell 121 from the outside of the first ear hook shell 121 to the inside of the first ear hook shell 121 An outer hole section 1215 and an inner hole section 1216 that communicate with each other are formed, and a first block 1231 is formed on the second ear hook shell 123.
  • Step S200 Fill the outer hole section 1215 with a filler 1217, and use the inner hole section 1216 as the first slot 1211.
  • a filler 1217 is filled in the outer hole section 1215 by injection molding.
  • the first ear hook shell 121 may be covered with the ear hook elastic coating 1223 after S200, specifically as follows:
  • Step S210 Wrap the earhook elastic coating 1223 outside the first earhook shell 121 by injection molding, and cover the outer hole section 1215.
  • the ear-hook elastic coating 1223 may refer to the part of the ear-hook assembly 12 that is used to contact the user. Providing an earhook elastic coating 1223 on the surface of the earhook assembly 12 can improve the user's comfort of wearing the bone conduction earphone and improve the user experience.
  • the elastic covering layer 1223 of the ear hook please refer to the description of other embodiments of the present application, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S300 The first ear hook housing 121 and the second ear hook housing 123 are spliced by the snap fit of the first card slot 1211 and the first card block 1231.
  • the molding methods and steps in other structures of the above-mentioned ear-hook assembly 12 can be manufactured by using existing molding methods based on the specific structure of the above-mentioned ear-hook assembly 12, which will not be repeated here.
  • the accommodating space 120 of the earhook assembly 12 accommodates other components of the bone conduction earphone, for example, the battery assembly 14 and the control circuit assembly 15.
  • a button structure related to the components is also provided on the earhook shell.
  • the ear hook housing is provided with a power jack 1233 electrically connected to the battery assembly 14, and the user can charge the battery assembly 14 through the power jack 1233.
  • the earhook housing is provided with a key hole 1235 electrically connected to the control circuit assembly 15, and a control button electrically connected to the control circuit assembly 15 can be arranged in the key hole 1235, such as a volume button, a pause/start button, The user can control the bone conduction headset through the control button.
  • a control button electrically connected to the control circuit assembly 15 can be arranged in the key hole 1235, such as a volume button, a pause/start button, The user can control the bone conduction headset through the control button.
  • the positions of the components in the accommodating space 120 can be designed, so that the accommodating space 120 can be effectively compressed, and the earhook housing can be reduced. volume of.
  • the earhook assembly 12 will be enlarged. volume of. In order to effectively reduce the volume of the earhook assembly 12, one or more embodiments of the present application will adjust the position of the power jack 1233, as follows:
  • the earhook housing may include a housing panel in contact with the user, a housing back plate facing away from the user, and several housings connecting the housing panel and the housing back plate.
  • the side plate, the key hole 1235 and the power jack 1233 are respectively opened on different housing side plates of the plurality of housing side plates.
  • the earhook shell may have different shapes.
  • the earhook shell may be a sphere, an ellipsoid, a cuboid, a cuboid (that is, the eight corners of the cuboid are rounded), a prism, or the like.
  • the first ear hook shell 121 and the second ear hook shell 123 may form a shape as shown in FIG. 14.
  • a part of the second earhook housing 123 away from the earhook connection assembly 122 is provided with a power jack 1233.
  • the power jack 1233 can be connected to the accommodating space 120, and the power jack 1233 can be used for accommodating the power interface 152, and the battery assembly 14 can be charged through the power interface.
  • the second earhook shell 123 may also have a shell bottom and a shell side, and the shell side surrounds and connects to the bottom of the shell to form a second sub-accommodating space 1230.
  • the bottom of the housing refers to the side panel of the housing below the splicing direction in FIG. 14.
  • the side of the housing can be used as a part of the side panel of the earhook housing (that is, the part of the side panel in the splicing direction).
  • the side edge of the side of the housing away from the bottom of the housing is used as the second splicing edge 1202 to be spliced with the first ear-hook housing 121.
  • the key hole 1235 and the power jack 1233 may be opened on different side panels of the housing.
  • the different shell side panels mentioned here can be understood as shell side panels in different directions.
  • the button hole 1235 and the power jack 1233 are respectively opened on the side panel of the casing below the splicing direction (that is, the bottom of the casing) and the side panel of the casing on the right side of the length direction (that is, Shell side).
  • the power jack 1233 may be opened on the side of the housing to communicate with the second sub-accommodating space 1230, that is, to communicate with the accommodating space 120.
  • the second block 1232 may be disposed adjacent to the power jack 1233. That is, the second locking block 1232 protrudes from a part of the second earhook housing 123 away from the earhook connection assembly 122 and extends toward the accommodating space 120.
  • the second clamping block 1232 is closer to the accommodating space 120 than the power socket 1233, that is, the second clamping block 1232 is closer to the ear hook connection assembly 122 than the power socket 1233.
  • the projections of the second block 1232 and the power jack 1233 on the first reference plane perpendicular to the length direction overlap with each other.
  • overlapping each other includes partial overlap (that is, the overlapped part is a part of the projection of the second card block 1232, and is also a part of the projection of the power jack 1233), and also includes full overlap (that is, the second card block 1232 The projection completely falls into the projection of the power jack 1233).
  • a plane perpendicular to the length direction is taken as the first reference surface, and the projection of the second block 1232 on the first reference surface is within the projection of the power jack 1233 on the first reference surface, that is, two The projection ranges of the persons all overlap. Setting the positions of the second locking block 1232 and the power jack 1233 in this way can make the structure of the second ear hook housing 123 compact without affecting the installation of the power interface 152 and reduce the volume of the ear hook assembly 12.
  • the projections of the second block 1232 and the power jack 1233 on the second reference plane perpendicular to the splicing direction overlap with each other.
  • the overlap with each other here also includes partial overlap and full overlap.
  • the plane perpendicular to the splicing direction is taken as the second reference surface, and the projection of the second block 1232 on the second reference surface is also located within the projection of the power jack 1233 on the second reference surface, that is, The projection ranges of the two also all overlap.
  • the second card block 1232 and the power jack 1233 can be arranged more compactly in the splicing direction and the length direction, which can greatly save the space occupied by the power jack 1233 and the second card block 1232 to improve the ears.
  • the structure of the hanging assembly 12 is compact.
  • the present application does not specifically limit the positions of the power jack 1233 and the key hole 1235.
  • the power jack 1233 may be opened on the side panel of the earhook shell above the splicing direction, and the key hole 1235 may be opened on the side panel of the shell below the splicing direction.
  • the power jack 1233 can be opened on the side panel of the housing below the splicing direction of the earhook housing, and the key hole 1235 can be opened on the side panel of the housing on the left side in the length direction.
  • the button hole 1235 or the power jack 1233 may also be opened on the back panel of the housing.
  • the button hole 1235 and the power jack 1233 are respectively opened on the side plate of the casing and the back plate of the casing.
  • the key hole 1235 may be opened on the side panel of the housing under the splicing direction, and the power jack 1233 may be opened on the back panel of the housing.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 generally has a volume button 153 and the like.
  • the corresponding button hole 1235 and power jack 1233 of the button 153 and the like generally open the bottom of the second earhook shell 123, that is, the part of the second earhook shell 123 away from the first earhook shell 121. Since the area at the bottom of the casing is relatively limited, the key hole 1235 and the power jack 1233 are relatively compact, and the key hole 1235 and the power jack 1233 occupy as little space as possible. In some application scenarios, the wearer may be wearing work clothes or gloves, etc.
  • the button holes 1235 are small and the arrangement is too compact, which will cause the wearer's control experience to decline, and it is very easy to cause misoperation.
  • the power jack 1233 is not provided on the bottom of the housing, but a power jack 1233 is provided on the side of the housing, so that the key holes 1235 can be designed to be larger, and the arrangement of the key holes 1235 can be relatively loose, which is convenient for use. Operators perform operations to reduce the occurrence of mishandling.
  • the second locking block 1232 is arranged on the top position of the second earhook housing 123 adjacent to the power jack 1233 and facing the first earhook housing 121 (as shown in FIG. 13 for connecting the second card
  • the platform area of the block 1232 that is, the second clamping block 1232 can be regarded as being formed from the platform area extending upward in the splicing direction), which will squeeze the socket 1218 of the first ear hook shell 121 (as shown in Figure 18) ), which will affect the mating between the earhook assembly 12 and the other components of the bone conduction earphone (rear hanger assembly 13).
  • the second block 1232 needs to take up extra space, which will make the first earhook shell
  • the splicing of the body 121 and the second ear hook shell 123 in the splicing direction occupies a large space and is not compact enough. Therefore, in one or more embodiments of the present application, the power jack 1233 is arranged at the bottom of the second earhook housing 123, and the structure between the second block 1232 and the power jack 1233 is arranged in the above-mentioned projection relationship. This makes the second earhook shell 123 more compact in the splicing direction, and the second block 1232 extends toward the accommodating space 120, which eliminates the need to take up additional space, and further reduces the size of the earhook shell 12 .
  • the ear hook connection assembly 122 may include an ear hook connection piece and a wire clamping part.
  • the ear hook connection piece may be provided with a lead channel, which may be used to pass through the speaker assembly 11
  • the lead set and the wire clamping part can be used to lock the lead set in the radial direction of the lead set, restrict the movement of the lead set, and improve the reliability of the bone conduction earphone.
  • the end of the earhook connector away from the earhook housing may be provided with a joint part 1222.
  • the wire clamping portion may include a first wire clamping portion 1224 and a second wire clamping portion 1219, and the joint portion 1222 may be provided with a first wire clamping portion 1224, and a first ear hook
  • the housing 121 may be provided with a second wire clamping portion 1219, and the lead set led out through the speaker assembly 11 can enter the accommodating space 120 via the first wire clamping portion 1224 and the second wire clamping portion 1219 in sequence.
  • the first wire gripping portion 1224 and the second wire gripping portion 1219 are used for locking the lead wire group in the radial direction of the lead wire group, which can reduce the shaking of the lead wire group in the radial direction of the lead wire group.
  • the set of lead wires locked by the first wire gripping portion 1224 and the second wire gripping portion 1219 may be additional components such as auxiliary titanium wires used in the preparation process of the earhook assembly 12.
  • auxiliary titanium wires need to be used to form a lead channel in the earhook elastic coating 1223. Therefore, during the preparation process, the auxiliary titanium wire is sequentially threaded through the first wire clamping portion 1224 and the second wire clamping portion 1219 and into the accommodating space 120. After the preparation is completed, the auxiliary titanium wire is drawn out to form a lead channel connecting the containing space 110 and the containing space 120.
  • the first wire gripping portion 1224 and the second wire gripping portion 1219 can maintain the stability of the auxiliary titanium wire and reduce the shaking of the auxiliary titanium wire, so that the formation of the lead channel can meet the quality requirements and improve the yield rate.
  • the lead channel (not shown in the figure) can be arranged in the earhook elastic coating 1223 in parallel with the earhook elastic metal wire 1221.
  • the lead set held by the first wire clamping portion 1224 and the second wire clamping portion 1219 may be a wire set (for example, a sound pickup assembly) that is passed through after forming a lead channel for electrical connection. 16 wire group). That is, the wire group led out through the speaker assembly 11 enters the accommodating space 120 and the components (for example, the battery assembly 14, the control circuit) through the first wire clamping portion 1224 and the second wire clamping portion 1219 Component 15) makes electrical connections. It is understandable that the lead group also needs to reduce the shaking before and after the lead channel enters the lead channel, so that the lead efficiency can be improved.
  • the earhook assembly 12 since the earhook assembly 12 is used to hang on the human ear, it is generally arranged in an arc shape. The lead set passing through the earhook assembly 12 is often prone to shaking or moving, etc., the first wire clamping part 1224 and the second clamping wire The part 1219 can reduce the shaking of the lead group.
  • the wire clamping part can be combined with one or more of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the lead group led out through the speaker assembly 11 may include the wire group of the speaker 113 and the wire group of the pickup assembly 16. If the speaker assembly 11 is not connected to the microphone assembly, the lead set led out through the speaker assembly 11 includes the lead set of the speaker 113.
  • the auxiliary titanium wire can be locked relative to the first ear during the preparation process.
  • the movement of the hanging shell 121 and the joint portion 1222 improves the yield rate of the earhook assembly 12.
  • it can block the movement of the lead set in its radial direction, thereby reducing the shaking of the lead set and making the lead set threading more efficient. High, it can also make the structure of the lead group in the actual product more stable, thereby ensuring the stability of the electrical connection.
  • the first clamping wire portion 1224 may have two first sub clamping wire portions 12241 arranged at intervals in the thickness direction. As shown in FIG. 16, the two first sub-clamping wire portions 12241 are staggered from each other in the length direction of the lead group. The two first sub-clamping line portions 12241 can lock the lead group in the thickness direction when the lead group passes between the two first sub-clamping line portions 12241, thereby restricting the movement of the lead group in the thickness direction.
  • the extension lengths of the two first sub-clamping wire portions 12241 in the length direction of the lead group are different.
  • the extension length of the first wire clamping portion 1224 close to the second wire clamping portion 1219 in the length direction of the lead group is greater than the extension of the first wire clamping portion 1224 away from the second wire clamping portion 1219 in the length direction of the lead group length.
  • the second wire gripping portion 1219 may have two second sub wire gripping portions 12191 arranged at intervals in the thickness direction, and the two second sub wire gripping portions 12191 are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the two second sub-clamping portions 12191 can lock the lead group in the thickness direction when the lead group passes between the two second sub-clamping portions 12191, thereby restricting its movement in the thickness direction.
  • this application does not limit the number of the first sub-clamping portion 12241 and the second sub-clamping portion 12191.
  • the number of the first sub-clamping portion 12241 and the second sub-clamping portion 12191 may be One, three, four, etc.
  • the first wire fixing portion 1224 may be formed recessed in the joint portion 1222, and the second wire fixing portion 1219 may be formed recessed on the first ear hook housing 121, so that the lead set is formed in the first clip.
  • the wire portion 1224 and the second wire gripping portion 1219 can be seen, thereby reducing the distance of the lead group through the invisible area, facilitating the passage of the lead group, and improving the efficiency of the lead.
  • the first wire clamping portion 1224 and the second wire clamping portion 1219 may have a hollow structure, and the lead set may pass through the inside of the first wire clamping portion 1224 and the second wire clamping portion 1219.
  • the joint portion 1222 when the ear hook assembly 12 is connected to the speaker assembly 11, the joint portion 1222 needs to be mated with the second through hole 1111.
  • the connection between the joint portion 1222 and the second through hole 1111 please refer to the description of other embodiments of the present application.
  • the end of the connector 1222 may be formed with two through grooves 1225 crossing each other to divide the end portion 12221 into four sub-end portions.
  • the end 12221 is divided into four sub-ends by providing two two through grooves 1225 crossing each other, so that the four sub-ends can be squeezed and can be elastically restored.
  • the four sub-ends can be squeezed to move closer to each other, so that the sub-ends become smaller to facilitate the insertion of the joint part 1222 into the second through hole 1111. It should be noted that this application does not limit the number of sub-ends, and the number of sub-ends can be two, three, five, etc.
  • the outer periphery of the sub-end portion may be provided with protrusions 1226 protrudingly.
  • the joint portion 1222 can be inserted into the speaker assembly 11 and the protrusion 1226 is locked and restricted by the speaker assembly 11 to limit the movement of the joint portion 1222 away from the speaker assembly 11.
  • the four sub-ends are elastically restored, so that the protrusion 1226 on the outer periphery of the sub-end can be locked and restricted by the speaker assembly 11.
  • the protrusion 1226 can Located in the accommodating space 110, the protrusion 1226 can be locked on the edge of the connection between the second through hole 1111 and the accommodating space 110. In this way, the reliability of the connection between the ear hook assembly 12 and the speaker assembly 11 can be improved.
  • the ear hook connection assembly 122 may further include an ear hook elastic metal wire 1221, and one end of the ear hook elastic metal wire 1221 is provided with a joint portion 1222.
  • the material of the ear hook elastic metal wire 1221 may be spring steel, titanium, etc., and the material of the ear hook elastic metal wire may be Nitinol.
  • the earhook connection assembly 122 may also include an earhook elastic coating 1223 at least covering the outer circumference of the earhook elastic metal wire 1221 (as shown in FIG. 12).
  • the earhook elastic metal wire 1221 can further cover the first earhook shell 121.
  • the joint portion 1222 is used for mating with the speaker assembly 11.
  • the other end of the ear hook elastic metal wire 1221 is connected to the first ear hook shell 121.
  • both the earhook elastic coating 1223 and the elastic coating in one or more of the foregoing embodiments can be used to refer to the part of the bone conduction earphone in contact with the user, so the earhook elastic coating 1223 can be arranged It is the same as or similar to the elastic coating 183.
  • the ear hook elastic coating 1223 and the elastic coating 183 may be made of the same material.
  • the 1223 material of the elastic coating of the ear hook can be silicone, rubber, plastic, etc.
  • the elastic modulus of the ear hook elastic coating 1223 may be 0.5 Gpa to 2 Gpa. Further, the elastic modulus of the elastic coating is 0.8 Gpa to 1.5 Gpa. Further, the elastic modulus of the elastic coating is 1.2 Gpa to 1.4 Gpa.
  • the earhook elastic coating 1223 may only cover the earhook elastic metal wire 1221. In some embodiments, the earhook elastic coating 1223 may further cover the first earhook shell 121 and the second earhook shell 123. In some embodiments, the ear hook elastic coating 1223 may cover the second wire gripping portion 1219. In some embodiments, the power jack 1233, the key hole 1235, etc. can be exposed to facilitate user operations (for example, using the power jack 1233 for charging). In some embodiments, the ear hook elastic coating 1223 can also cover at least a part of the joint portion 1222 and can cover the first wire clamping portion 1224.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may further include a rear hanging assembly 13 which may be connected to the ear hanging assembly 12 to keep the acoustic input and output device 10 in stable contact with the back of the user's head.
  • a rear hanging assembly 13 which may be connected to the ear hanging assembly 12 to keep the acoustic input and output device 10 in stable contact with the back of the user's head.
  • the back-hanging component is located at the back of the user's head.
  • the back-hanging assembly can make the two ear-hanging assemblies 12 connected to it stably contact the user's ears.
  • the rear hanger assembly 13 may include a rear hanger connector and insertion portions 133 provided at both ends of the rear hanger connector.
  • the insertion portions 133 can be used to maintain a stable connection between the rear hanger connector and the ear hanger assembly 12. .
  • the rear-hanging connector may include a rear-hanging elastic metal wire 131, a rear-hanging elastic coating 132 covering the rear-hanging elastic metal wire 131, and a rear-hanging elastic metal wire. 131 Inserting parts 133 at both ends.
  • the back-hanging elastic coating 132 can also cover at least part of the insertion portion 133.
  • the inserting portion 133 is used for mating and mating with the ear hook assembly 12.
  • a side of the first earhook housing 121 away from the earhook connection assembly 122 is provided with a jack 1218 communicating with the accommodating space 120 (as shown in FIG. 18).
  • the socket 1218 and the second card slot 1212 are arranged adjacent to each other.
  • the insertion portion 133 can be mated with the socket 1218.
  • At least one insertion portion 133 may be provided with two sets of slots 1331 spaced apart in its length direction. That is, at least one insertion portion 133 is provided with two sets of slots 1331 spaced apart in the length direction of the insertion portion 133, and each set of slots 1331 includes at least one slot 1331.
  • the rear-hanging elastic metal wire 131 is inserted into the insertion portion 133 through one end of the insertion portion 133.
  • One set of slots 1331 is adjacent to the insertion portion 133, and the other set of slots 1331 is located at an end away from the insertion portion 133.
  • the above-mentioned two sets of slots 1331 may be formed in sequence.
  • the slot 1331 near one end of the insertion portion 133 can be used for mold positioning.
  • the slot 1331 at one end away from the insertion portion 133 can be used for snap-fitting with the first ear hook housing 121.
  • the two groups of slots 1331 can be divided into a first group of slots 1331 and a second group of slots 1331.
  • the first set of slots 1331 may be provided at an end away from the insertion portion 133 and used for snap-fitting with the ear hook assembly 12.
  • the first earhook shell 121 is provided with a clamping portion 12181 protrudingly.
  • a clamping portion 12181 is protrudingly provided in the receiving socket 1218 of the first earhook shell 121.
  • the insertion portion 133 is inserted into the socket 1218 and the clamping portion 12181 is inserted into the first set of slots 1331, thereby restricting the relative movement of the ear hook assembly 12 and the rear hook assembly 13.
  • the second set of slots 1331 may be provided at one end close to the insertion portion 133 and used for mold positioning. That is, the second set of slots 1331 can be used to cooperate with the corresponding protruding structure on the mold, so as to accurately fix the insertion portion 133 at a certain position, and then perform other processes on it to improve the yield.
  • the second set of slots 1331 is used to position the insertion portion 133 and the rear-hanging elastic metal wire 131, and then the rear-hanging elastic coating 132 can be formed by injection molding.
  • the slot 1331 can extend from the edge of the insertion portion 133 on both sides of the central axis toward the central axis.
  • each group of slots 1331 may include two slots 1331, and the two slots 1331 of each group are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the number of slots 1331 of the first group of slots 1331 is one, and the number of slots 1331 of the second group of slots 1331 is two.
  • the headset is only used as an example.
  • the specific form of the acoustic input and output device 10 of the present application may not be limited to earphones.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may be glasses, such as cycling glasses, music glasses, AR (Augmented Reality) glasses, VR (Virtual Reality) glasses.
  • the acoustic input and output device 10 may be a hearing aid.
  • this application uses specific words to describe the embodiments of the application.
  • “one embodiment”, “an embodiment” and/or “some embodiments” mean a certain feature, structure, or characteristic related to at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, it should be emphasized and noted that “an embodiment” or “an embodiment” or “an alternative embodiment” mentioned twice or more in different positions in this specification does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. .
  • some features, structures, or characteristics in one or more embodiments of the present application can be appropriately combined.
  • numbers describing the number of ingredients and attributes are used. It should be understood that such numbers used in the description of the embodiments use the modifiers "about”, “approximately” or “substantially” in some examples. To modify. Unless otherwise stated, “approximately”, “approximately” or “substantially” indicates that the number is allowed to vary by ⁇ 20%.
  • the numerical data used in the specification and claims are approximate values, and the approximate values can be changed according to the required characteristics of individual embodiments. In some embodiments, the numerical data should consider the prescribed effective digits and adopt the method of general digit retention. Although the numerical range and data used to confirm the breadth of the range in some embodiments of the present application are approximate values, in specific embodiments, the setting of such numerical values is as accurate as possible within the feasible range.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Circuit For Audible Band Transducer (AREA)
  • Headphones And Earphones (AREA)
  • Soundproofing, Sound Blocking, And Sound Damping (AREA)
  • Details Of Audible-Bandwidth Transducers (AREA)
  • Amplifiers (AREA)
  • Gear-Shifting Mechanisms (AREA)
  • Electronic Switches (AREA)
  • Telephone Set Structure (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例公开了一种声学输入输出设备，包括：扬声器组件；拾音组件，拾音组件用于拾取声音信号；连接组件，包括弹性件，所述弹性件的第一端连接所述扬声器组件，所述弹性件的第二端连接所述拾音组件；其中所述弹性件被配置为使得所述扬声器组件所产生的语音频段的振动从所述弹性件的第一端传递到所述弹性件的第二端时的平均振幅衰减率不小于35％。

Description

声学输入输出设备
优先权信息
本申请要求2020年4月30日提交的申请号为202020719606.1的中国申请，2020年4月30日提交的申请号为202020720291.2的中国申请，2020年4月30日提交的申请号为202020725495.5的中国申请，2020年4月30日提交的申请号202020725563.8的中国申请，以及2020年4月30日提交的申请号为202020720293.1的中国申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用并入本文。
技术领域
本申请涉及声学领域，特别涉及一种声学输入输出设备。
背景技术
声学输入输出设备是一种同时具备声音输入和声音输出的装置，例如，耳机、眼镜等。声学输入输出设备包括扬声器组件和拾音组件，扬声器组件可以用于发出声音信号，而拾音组件可以用于拾取声音信号。此外，声学输入输出设备还包括保持声学输入输出设备与用户稳定接触的组件(例如，当声学输入输出设备为耳机时，还包括后挂组件和耳挂组件)。然而，由于目前各个组件的体积尺寸较大，导致声学输入输出设备整体尺寸较大，并且各个组件之间的连接容易失效，缩短了声学输入输出设备的使用寿命，降低用户使用体验。
本申请提供一种声学输入输出设备，提高了整体结构的稳定性与可靠性，提升用户体验的舒适度的同时提高拾音组件拾取的声音的音质。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种声学输入输出设备，包括：扬声器组件；拾音组件，所述拾音组件用于拾取声音信号；连接组件，包括弹性件，所述弹性件的第一端连接所述扬声器组件，所述弹性件的第二端连接所述拾音组件；其中所述弹性件被配置为使得所述扬声器组件所产生的语音频段的振动从所述弹性件的第一端传递到所述弹性件的第二端时的平均振幅衰减率不小于35％。
在一些实施例中，所述弹性件包括弹性金属丝，以及连接于所述弹性金属丝两端的接插部，其中一个所述接插部用于与所述拾音组件接插配合，另外一个所述接插部用于与所述扬声器组件接插配合。
在一些实施例中，所述弹性金属丝的弹性模量为70GPa～90GPa。
在一些实施例中，所述连接组件进一步包括包覆于所述弹性件外周的弹性覆层。
在一些实施例中，所述弹性覆层的弹性模量为0.8Gpa～2Gpa。
在一些实施例中，所述扬声器组件包括第一扬声器壳体、第二扬声器壳体和扬声器；所述第一扬声器壳体和所述第二扬声器壳体配接，以形成用于收容所述扬声器的收容空间，所述第一扬声器壳体开设有间隔设置的第一通孔和第二通孔，所述第一通孔和所述第二通孔均连通所述收容空间；所述拾音组件的导线组能够穿入所述第一通孔，并经所述收容空间穿至所述第二通孔。
在一些实施例中，所述扬声器组件进一步包括导线固定组件，以用于固定经所述第一通孔穿引至所述第二通孔的所述拾音组件的导线组。
在一些实施例中，所述导线固定组件包括压持件，所述压持件设置于所述收容空间内，所述压持件用于接触所述拾音组件的导线组以减小所述拾音组件的导线组的振动幅度。
在一些实施例中，所述压持件包括第一压持件，所述第一压持件覆盖所述第一通孔。
在一些实施例中，所述压持件进一步包括第二压持件，所述第一压持件和所述第二压持件为片状构件，所述第一压持件和所述第二压持件层叠设置，所述第二压持件相较于所述第一压持件远离所述第一通孔，所述第二压持件的硬度大于所述第一压持件的硬度。
在一些实施例中，所述扬声器组件进一步包括间隔设置于所述第一扬声器壳体的多个定位件，所述第一压持件和所述第二压持件通过所述多个定位件固定于所述第一扬声器壳体。
在一些实施例中，所述定位件为设置于所述第一通孔的外围的往所述收容空间内延伸的凸柱。
在一些实施例中，所述第二压持件与所述多个定位件固定连接，所述第一压持件被固定于所述多个定位件之间。
在一些实施例中，所述第一扬声器壳体包括相互连接的底壁和侧壁，所述侧壁环绕连接所述底壁，所述第二扬声器壳体盖设于所述侧壁远离所述底壁的一侧，以形成所述收容空间，所述第一通孔形成于所述底壁，所述第二通孔形成于所述侧壁。
在一些实施例中，所述底壁具有背离所述收容空间凸起的第一凸部，所述第一通孔形成于所述第一凸部，所述侧壁具有背离所述收容空间凸起的第二凸部，所述第二通孔形成于所述第二凸部。
在一些实施例中，所述拾音组件相对所述扬声器组件可转动。
在一些实施例中，所述连接组件进一步包括转动件，所述转动件可转动地与所述第一通孔配接，所述拾音组件与所述转动件连接以能够相对于所述第一扬声器壳体转动。
在一些实施例中，所述转动件包括相互连接的引线部和转动部，所 述转动部嵌设于所述第一通孔内，所述拾音组件与所述引线部连接，以使得所述拾音组件的导线组能够穿过所述引线部，经由所述转动部穿入所述第一通孔。
在一些实施例中，沿所述转动部的周向设置有阻尼槽；所述连接组件进一步包括设置于所述阻尼槽内的阻尼件，所述阻尼件能够与所述第一通孔的内周壁接触，以通过接触摩擦为所述转动部提供转动阻尼。
在一些实施例中，所述转动部包括转动主体以及沿所述转动主体的径向凸出设置于所述转动主体两端的第一卡止部和第二卡止部，所述转动主体嵌设于所述第一通孔内，所述第一卡止部和所述第二卡止部分别与所述第一扬声器壳体的两侧抵接，以限制所述转动部沿轴向方向相对所述第一扬声器壳体移动，所述阻尼槽形成与所述第一卡止部和所述第二卡止部之间。
在一些实施例中，所述连接组件进一步包括转动限位结构，所述转动限位结构用于限制所述转动部相对所述第一扬声器壳体的转动范围。
在一些实施例中，所述转动限位结构包括在所述转动部上沿周向设置的限位槽以及设置于所述第一通孔的内周壁的与所述限位槽适配的限位件；当所述转动部相对所述第一扬声器壳体转动时，所述限位件能够抵接所述限位槽的两端，以限制所述转动部继续转动。
在一些实施例中，所述限位槽呈开环状设置。
在一些实施例中，所述转动部的转动范围为0度～270度。
在一些实施例中，所述引线部开设有第一孔段，所述转动部开设有第二孔段，所述第一孔段和所述第二孔段连通，所述拾音组件与所述第一孔段配接，所述拾音组件的导线组穿过所述第一孔段，经由所述第二孔段穿至所述第一通孔。
在一些实施例中，所述扬声器组件进一步包括用于限制所述拾音组 件相对所述转动件移动的固定组件。
在一些实施例中，所述固定件包括固定主体，所述固定主体能够插置于所述第二孔段内与所述弹性件的第一端配接以限制所述弹性件相对所述转动件移动。
在一些实施例中，所述固定件进一步包括设置于所述固定主体一端的固定连接部，所述弹性件的第一端开设有固定配接部；所述固定连接部能够与所述固定配接部配接。
在一些实施例，所述转动部远离所述引线部的一端形成有缺口，所述缺口连通所述第二孔段，所述固定件进一步包括凸出设置于所述固定主体外周的凸台，所述凸台能够嵌入到所述缺口以填补所述缺口。
在一些实施例中，所述缺口的数量为至少两个，并沿所述转动部的周向将所述转动部划分成彼此间隔的至少两个子部件。
在一些实施例中，所述缺口的数量为两个且彼此相对设置，所述凸台的数量相应为两个且彼此相背，两个所述凸台对应嵌入到两个所述缺口，以使得所述固定件支撑于两个所述子部件之间。
在一些实施例中，所述声学输入输出设备进一步包括至少一个耳挂组件，所述耳挂组件与所述扬声器组件连接用于保持所述扬声器组件与所述用户的耳部稳定接触。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个耳挂组件包括耳挂连接组件和耳挂壳体；所述耳挂连接组件连接所述第二通孔和所述耳挂壳体，所述耳挂壳体具有用于收容电池组件、控制电路组件中至少一个的容置空间；所述拾音组件的导线组能够穿过所述第二通孔，经由所述耳挂连接组件穿入所述容置空间。
在一些实施例中，所述耳挂壳体包括第一耳挂壳体和与所述第一耳挂壳体适配的第二耳挂壳体，当所述第一耳挂壳体与所述第二耳挂壳体配 接时，能够形成所述容置空间。
在一些实施例中，所述耳挂组件包括拼接组件，所述拼接组件用于限制所述第一耳挂壳体和所述第二耳挂壳体在拼接方向和厚度方向上的运动。
在一些实施例中，所述拼接组件包括第一拼接件和与所述第一配接件适配的第二拼接件，所述第一拼接件和所述第二拼接件分别设置于所述第一耳挂壳体和所述第二耳挂壳体，当所述第一拼接件与所述第二拼接件配接时，所述第一耳挂壳体与所述第二耳挂壳体在拼接方向和厚度方向上相对固定。
在一些实施例中，所述第一拼接件包括沿所述第一耳挂壳体长度方向设置的开口方向相同的第一卡槽和第二卡槽，所述第二拼接件包括沿所述第二耳挂壳体长度方向凸出设置且延伸方向相同的第一卡块和第二卡块，以使得所述第一卡块和所述第二卡块能够沿同一方向分别嵌入到所述第一卡槽和所述第二卡槽内。
在一些实施例中，所述第一拼接件进一步包括设置在第一耳挂壳体的第一拼接边缘的第一止挡部，所述第二拼接件进一步包括设置在所述第二耳挂壳体的第二拼接边缘的第二止挡部，所述第一止挡部能够与所述第二止挡部抵接以限制所述第一耳挂壳体和所述第二耳挂壳体在长度方向上的相对移动。
在一些实施例中，所述耳挂壳体开设有按键孔和电源插孔。
在一些实施例中，所述耳挂壳体包括与用户接触的壳体面板、背离用户的壳体背板以及连接所述壳体面板和所述壳体背板的若干壳体侧板，所述按键孔和所述电源插孔分别开设于所述若干壳体侧板中不同的壳体侧板上。
在一些实施例中，所述耳挂连接组件包括耳挂连接件和卡线部，所 述耳挂连接件开设有引线通道，所述引线通道用于穿引所述扬声器组件引出的引线组，所述卡线部用于在所述引线组的径向上卡止所述引线组。
在一些实施例中，所述耳挂连接件远离所述耳挂壳体的一端设置有接头部，所述卡线部包括第一卡线部和第二卡线部，所述接头部设置有所述第一卡线部，所述第一耳挂壳体设置有所述第二卡线部，所述引线组能够依次经所述第一卡线部、所述引线通道、所述第二卡线部进入到所述容置空间内。
在一些实施例中，所述耳挂组件进一步包括至少包覆所述耳挂连接件的外周的耳挂弹性覆层。
在一些实施例中，所述声学输入输出设备进一步包括后挂组件，所述后挂组件与所述耳挂组件连接用于保持所述声学输入输出设备与所述用户的后脑稳定接触。
在一些实施例中，所述声学输入输出设备进一步包括后挂组件，所述后挂组件与所述耳挂组件连接用于保持所述声学输入输出设备与所述用户的后脑稳定接触。
在一些实施例中，所述后挂组件包括后挂连接件和设置于所述后挂连接件两端的插置部，所述插置部用于保持所述后挂连接件与所述耳挂组件的稳定连接。
在一些实施例中，所述第一耳挂壳体远离所述耳挂连接组件的一侧开设有接插孔，至少一个所述插置部在其长度方向上间隔开设有至少两组开槽，所述接插孔能够与所述至少两组开槽中的一组开槽配接以限制所述耳挂组件和所述后挂组件的相对移动。
附图说明
本申请将以示例性实施例的方式进一步说明，这些示例性实施例将通过附图进行详细描述。这些实施例并非限制性的，在这些实施例中，相 同的编号表示相同的结构，其中：
图1是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备通信系统的结构示意图；
图2是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备通信系统的电路示意框图；
图3是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的整体结构俯视示意图；
图4是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的整体结构爆炸示意图；
图5是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的连接件的结构拆解示意图；
图6是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的扬声器组件的结构的爆炸示意图；
图7是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的扬声器组件的结构的另一爆炸示意图；
图8是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的固定件、转动件、连接件以及拾音组件的结构示意图；
图9是图3中以A-A为剖切线的截面结构示意图；
图10是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的耳挂组件的结构的爆炸示意图；
图11是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的耳挂组件的结构的另一爆炸示意图；
图12是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的第一耳挂壳体和第二耳挂壳体的结构示意图；
图13是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的第一耳挂壳 体和第二耳挂壳体的另一结构示意图；
图14是图3中以B-B为剖切线的截面结构示意图；
图15是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的第一耳挂壳体和第二耳挂壳体的又一结构示意图；
图16是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的耳挂组件的结构又一爆炸示意图；
图17是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的后挂组件的结构爆炸示意图；
图18是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备的耳挂组件的结构示意图。
附图标记：10-声学输入输出设备；20-对讲设备；30-外接通信模块；101-第一蓝牙模块；102-第一NFC模块；201-第一外接接口；301-第二外接接口；302-第二蓝牙模块；303-第二NFC模块；11-扬声器组件；12-耳挂组件；13-后挂组件；14-电池组件；15-控制电路组件；16-拾音组件；17-传感器组件；18-连接组件；110-收容空间；111-第一扬声器壳体；112-第二扬声器壳体；113-扬声器；114-固定件；115-压持件；116-阻尼件；1110-第一通孔；1111-第二通孔；1112-底壁；1113-侧壁；1114-第一凸部；1115-第二凸部；1116-限位件；11161-凸块；1117-定位件；11171-凸柱；1140-引线孔；1141-固定主体；1142-接插脚；1143-凸台；1151-第一压持件；1152-第二压持件；120-容置空间；121-第一耳挂壳体；122-耳挂连接组件；123-第二耳挂壳体；1200-窗口；1201-第一拼接边缘；1202-第二拼接边缘；1210-第一子容置空间；1211-第一卡槽；1212-第二卡槽；1213-第一止挡部；1215-外侧孔段；1216-内侧孔段；1217-填充件；1218-接插孔；1219-第二卡线部；1221-耳挂弹性金属丝；1222-接头部；1223-耳挂弹性覆层；1224-第一卡线部；1225-通槽；1230-第二子容置空间；1231-第一卡块；1232-第二卡块； 1233-电源插孔；1234-第二止挡部；1235-按键孔；12181-卡接部；12191-第二子卡线部；12221-端部；12241-第一子卡线部；131-后挂弹性金属丝；132-后挂弹性覆层；133-插置部1331-开槽；151-电路板；152-电源接口；153-按键；154-天线；180-固定孔；181-连接件；1811-弹性件；18111-弹性连接杆；弹性金属丝-18113；182-接插部；183-弹性覆层；184-转动件；1841-引线部；1842-转动部；1843-阻尼槽；18441-限位槽；18410-第一孔段；18420-第二孔段；18421-转动主体；18422-第一卡止部；18423-第二卡止部；18424-缺口；18425-子部件。
具体实施方式
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单的介绍。显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些示例或实施例，对于本领域的普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图将本申请应用于其它类似情景。除非从语言环境中显而易见或另做说明，图中相同标号代表相同结构或操作。
应当理解，本文使用的“系统”、“装置”、“单元”和/或“模组”是用于区分不同级别的不同组件、元件、部件、部分或装配的一种方法。然而，如果其他词语可实现相同的目的，则可通过其他表达来替换所述词语。
如本申请和权利要求书中所示，除非上下文明确提示例外情形，“一”、“一个”、“一种”和/或“该”等词并非特指单数，也可包括复数。一般说来，术语“包括”与“包含”仅提示包括已明确标识的步骤和元素，而这些步骤和元素不构成一个排它性的罗列，方法或者设备也可能包含其它的步骤或元素。
本申请中使用了流程图用来说明根据本申请的实施例的系统所执行的操作。应当理解的是，前面或后面操作不一定按照顺序来精确地执行。 相反，可以按照倒序或同时处理各个步骤。同时，也可以将其他操作添加到这些过程中，或从这些过程移除某一步或数步操作。
本申请提供一种声学输入输出设备通信系统，如图1和图2所示，在一些实施例中，通信系统包括声学输入输出设备10、对讲设备20以及外接通信模块30。
声学输入输出设备10是指同时具备声音输入和输出功能的设备。在一些实施例中，声学输入输出设备10可以根据声音输入输出的途径分为骨传导和气传导。以扬声器组件为例，骨传导扬声器可以将音频转化成不同频率的机械振动，以人的骨头作为传递机械振动的介质，进而将声波传递到听觉神经，如此可以使得使用者不通过耳朵的外耳道和鼓膜也能够接收到声音。气传导扬声器可以通过推动空气振动改变空气密度，从而使用户听到声音。在本实施例中，声学输入输出设备10可以具备蓝牙功能。如图2所示，声学输入输出设备10可以包括第一蓝牙模块101。第一蓝牙模块101可以用于实现蓝牙通信功能。
对讲设备20，也即对讲机，是集群通信的终端设备，也可以作为移动通信中的无线通信设备。一般而言，对讲机是将音频的电信号通过其发射组件转换成射频载波信号，然后经过放大、滤波等方式通过天线发射出去，如此可以将使用者的声音传输出去。天线可以接收输入信号，经过相应的转换、滤波、放大以及混频等处理，形成音频信号，通过扬声器组件播放出来，进而可以使得使用者能够听到其他对讲设备所发送的音频。本实施例中的对讲设备20可以是现有的对讲设备，在此不再详细介绍其部件和结构。
在一些实施例中，对讲设备20基本上不支持蓝牙功能，为了能够使得声学输入输出设备10能够和对讲设备20进行有效的蓝牙连接，本实施例利用外接通信模块30作为声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20之间进行 蓝牙通信的媒介。
在一些实施例中，对讲设备20可以包括第一外接接口201。也即，对讲设备20可以提供有第一外接接口201，用于扩展对讲设备2的功能，通过连接不同的外接模块可以实现不同的功能。第一外接接口201还可以用于供外部终端对对讲设备20进行编程等。第一外接接口201可以包括多个间隔设置的触点，例如为7个触点。
在一些实施例中，外接通信模块30可以包括第二外接接口301和第二蓝牙模块302。外接通信模块30可拆卸地设置于对讲设备20，例如外接通信模块30以卡接的方式固定于对讲设备20。第二外接接口301也可以具备和第一外接接口201同样多的触点。外接通信模块30安装在对讲设备20时，第一外接接口201可以和第二外接接口301连接。外接通信模块30通过第一外接接口201和第二外接接口301耦接对讲设备20。对讲设备20可以通过外接通信模块30实现蓝牙功能。
如图2所示，在一些实施例中，对讲设备20可以通过外接通信模块30和声学输入输出设备10建立蓝牙连接。在对讲设备20和声学输入输出设备10通过外接通信模块30建立起蓝牙连接后，可以使用声学输入输出设备10控制对讲设备20，例如可以使用声学输入输出设备10接听对讲设备20所接收到的音频，也可以使用声学输入输出设备10的麦克风发送相应的语音，还可以控制对讲设备20的其他功能。当然，对讲设备20也可以控制声学输入输出设备10。
在一些实施方式中，为了便于声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20快速地进行蓝牙连接，可以在声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20之间快速地交换蓝牙地址，以便于快速进行配对。图2所示，声学输入输出设备10还可以具有NFC近场通信功能，具体可以包括第一NFC模块102，可以用于实现近场通信功能。而外接通信模块30还可以包括第二NFC模块 303，可以使得不具备NFC近场通信功能的对讲设备20可以实现近场通信。
具体地，声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备2可以通过第一NFC模块102和第二NFC模块303的近场通信交换蓝牙地址，使得第一蓝牙模块101和第二蓝牙模块302进行蓝牙配对以建立蓝牙连接。对于上述交换蓝牙地址而言，可以有以下方式：
第一种方式：声学输入输出设备10将蓝牙地址发送给对讲设备20，可以节省对讲设备20搜索和选择声学输入输出设备10的时间。也即，第一NFC模块102可以存储或者获取第一蓝牙模块101的蓝牙地址。第一NFC模块102和第二NFC模块303进行近场通信时，第一NFC模块102可以将蓝牙地址发送给第二NFC模块303，进而使得外接通信模块30可以获取到第一蓝牙模块101的蓝牙地址，实现蓝牙地址交换，进而可以进行快速配对和连接。
第二种方式：对讲设备20将蓝牙地址发送给声学输入输出设备10，可以节省声学输入输出设备10搜索和选择对讲设备20的时间。也即，第二NFC模块303可以存储或者获取第二蓝牙模块302的蓝牙地址。第一NFC模块102和第二NFC模块303进行近场通信时，第二NFC模块303可以将第二蓝牙模块302的蓝牙地址发送给第一NFC模块102，进而使得声学输入输出设备10可以获取到第二蓝牙模块302的蓝牙地址，实现蓝牙地址交换，进而可以进行快速配对和连接。
第三种方式：对讲设备20和声学输入输出设备10均主动发送彼此的蓝牙地址，节省彼此之间进行搜索和选择的时间，实现快速配对和连接。也即，第一NFC模块102可以存储或者获取第一蓝牙模块101的蓝牙地址，第二NFC模块303可以存储或者获取第二蓝牙模块302的蓝牙地址。第一NFC模块102和第二NFC模块303进行近场通信时，第一NFC模块 102和第二NFC模块303交换彼此的蓝牙地址，实现蓝牙地址的交换。
对讲设备20通过外接通信模块30的第二NFC模块303和声学输入输出设备10的第一NFC模块102实现快速的蓝牙连接，如此可以使得对讲设备20可以快速匹配不同的声学输入输出设备10。以工业现场作业为例，不同的工作人员配置不同的声学输入输出设备10，比如两个工作人员可以共用一台对讲设备20，该两个工作人员在轮班时可以交替使用共用的对讲设备20，通过声学输入输出设备10可以快速连接对讲设备20。在一个工作人员在值班时，使用其的声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20实现“一碰即连”，进而可以使用对讲设备20和声学输入输出设备10组成的通信系统。在该工作人员下班，另一个工作人员开始值班时，该另一个工作人员同样也可以将声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20“一碰即连”，进而使用对讲设备20和声学输入输出设备10组成的通信系统，形成“独立”和“共用”并存的作业逻辑，独立的是每个人可以使用自个的声学输入输出设备10，共用的是对讲设备20。本实施例的通信系统，还可以将声学输入输出设备10标识个人，进而可以多人使用同一台对讲设备20，可以实现快速切换，还可以实现考勤打卡、识别个人身份等作用。
对讲设备20和声学输入输出设备10通过NFC近场通信的方式快速进行蓝牙配对进而建立蓝牙连接，声学输入输出设备10被佩戴时能够释放使用者的双耳，通过骨传导的方式传递声音，能够减少周围环境的噪声对声音传输的影响，提升语音通信的质量，而且通过声学输入输出设备10来播放对讲设备20所接收到的音频信号或者通过声学输入输出设备10来拾取声音经对讲设备20传输至其他对讲设备20，能够避免传统对讲外放的方式，更加能够保护隐私，此外对于工厂车间等应用场景而言，使用者在使用声学输入输出设备10进行对讲通信的同时也能够注意到周围环境的变化，能够保证使用者的安全。
对于声学输入输出设备10而言，第一NFC模块102可以为无源型NFC模块。第一NFC模块102可以存储有第一蓝牙模块101的蓝牙地址，可以向第二NFC模块303发送第一蓝牙模块101的蓝牙地址。当然，第一NFC模块102也可以是有源型NFC模块，可以发送第一蓝牙模块101的蓝牙地址，也可以接收到第二NFC模块303所发送过来的第二蓝牙模块302的蓝牙地址。同理，第二NFC模块303也可是无源型NFC模块，也可以是有源型NFC模块。
第一NFC模块102可以贴设于声学输入输出设备10的电池组件14上，如此安装方便且结构简单，还能够节省空间。在需要和对讲设备20进行蓝牙连接时，将声学输入输出设备10的电池组件14对应的位置靠近对讲设备20上的外接通信模块30，即可快速地进行蓝牙配对。
在一些实施方式中，为了便于对讲设备20和声学输入输出设备10之间的控制，自动地实现对讲设备20和声学输入输出设备10之间相关功能的切换，可以通过相应的传感器进行感应和控制，以下举出一个示例：如图2所示，声学输入输出设备10可以包括传感器组件17，用于检测声学输入输出设备10是否被佩戴。具体地，传感器组件17例如包括光学传感器，通过发射和/或接受相应的光信号来检测是否被佩戴。光学传感器例如是近光传感器，可以发射相应光信号，在声学输入输出设备10被佩戴时会对光信号进行反射产生发射光，在声学输入输出设备10未被佩戴时就不产生反射光，近光传感器可以通过是否接收反射光来检测声学输入输出设备10是否被佩戴或者进行测距。近光传感器例如为红外近光传感器。传感器组件17还可以包括加速度传感器、重力传感器、触摸传感器等。
声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20处于蓝牙连接状态下，在传感器组件17检测到声学输入输出设备10被佩戴时，控制声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20中的声学输入输出设备10用于进行拾音和/或语音播放， 而声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20中的对讲设备20不用于进行拾音和/或语音播放。也即，在声学输入输出设备10被佩戴时，通信系统是通过声学输入输出设备10的麦克风工作进行拾音和/或扬声器113工作进行语音播放。在传感器组件17检测到声学输入输出设备10未被佩戴时，控制声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20中的对讲设备20进行拾音和/或语音播放，而声学输入输出设备10和对讲设备20中的声学输入输出设备10不用于进行拾音和/或语音播放。也即，在声学输入输出设备10未被佩戴时，通信系统是通过对讲设备20的麦克风工作进行拾音和/或扬声器113工作进行语音播放。
基于上述的描述，在声学输入输出设备10未被佩戴时，如果通过声学输入输出设备10进行拾音或者语音播放，可能会导致无法有效地拾音或者使用者无法听到声学输入输出设备10所传输的语音，此时可以通过对讲设备20进行拾音和/或语音播放，进而使得播放的语音能够被听到和/或有效地拾音。在声学输入输出设备10被佩戴时，则可以通过声学输入输出设备10进行拾音和/或语音播放，如此便于使用者发送语音或者听到播放的语音。通过传感器组件17检测声学输入输出设备10是否被佩戴，进而便于通信系统实现上述自动切换，避免语音信息被遗漏，可以适应不同的使用场景，提高工作效率。
图3是本申请一些实施例所示的声学输入输出设备实施例的整体结构俯视示意图。如图3所示，在一些实施例中，声学输入输出设备10可以包括：扬声器组件11、拾音组件16，连接组件18，其中，扬声器组件11用于发出声音信号，拾音组件16用于拾取声音信号，连接组件18用于连接扬声器组件11和拾音组件16，并传递声音信号。
扬声器组件11可以用于将含有声音信息的信号转化为声信号(也可以称为语音信号)。例如，扬声器组件11可以响应于接收含有声音信息的 信号，产生机械振动以传递声波(即声信号)。在一些实施例中，扬声器组件可以包括振动元件和/或与振动元件连接的传振元件(例如，声学输入输出设备10的至少部分的壳体传振片)。扬声器组件11产生机械振动时伴随着能量的转换，扬声器组件11可以实现含有声音信息的信号向机械振动转换。转换的过程中可能包含多种不同类型能量的共存和转换。例如，电信号(即含有声音信息的信号)通过扬声器组件11的振动元件(图中未示出)中的换能装置(图中未示出)可以直接转换成机械振动，通过扬声器组件11的传振元件传导机械振动以传递声波。再例如，声音信息可以包含在光信号中，一种特定的换能装置可以实现由光信号转换为振动信号的过程。其它可以在换能装置工作过程中共存和转换的能量类型包括热能、磁场能等。换能装置的能量转换方式可以包括动圈式、静电式、压电式、动铁式、气动式、电磁式等。
在一些实施例中，可以根据扬声器组件的发声原理将扬声器组件11分为骨传导扬声器组件和气传导扬声器组件。在一些实施例中，一个扬声器组件11可以包括一个或多个骨传导扬声器。在一些实施例中，一个扬声器组件11可以包括一个或多个气传导扬声器113。在一些实施例中，一个扬声器组件11可以同时包括一个或多个骨传导扬声器与一个或多个气传导扬声器113的组合。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件16可以包括一个或者多个麦克风。在一些实施例中，一个或多个麦克风可以为气导麦克风。在一些实施例中，一个或多个麦克风可以为骨导麦克风。在一些实施例中，一个或多个麦克风可以为骨导麦克风和气导麦克风的组合。
麦克风可以用于拾取声信号(也可称为语音信号)并将声信号转换为含有声音信息的信号(例如，电信号)。例如，麦克风拾取语音信号提供语音信号时产生的机械振动并将其转换为电信号。为了方便描述，用户提 供语音信号时生成的机械振动可以称为机械振动。在本申请一个或多个实施例中，将以骨传导麦克风为例进行说明。
骨传导麦克风是一种能够将振动信号转换为电信号的拾音装置(即语音采集装置)。振动信号可以是指用户说话时，用户身体部位发生振动而产生的信号。为了方便理解，可以将骨传导麦克风理解为一种对通过振动传递的骨导声音敏感，而对空气传递的气导声音不敏感的麦克风装置。
在一些实施例中，当用户佩戴该声学输入输出设备10时，该骨传导麦克风可以不与人体直接接触，用户说话时产生的振动信号(例如脸部振动)先传递至扬声器组件11，再由扬声器组件11传递至骨传导麦克风，骨传导麦克风进一步将该人体振动信号转换为包含语音信息的电信号。在一些实施例中，用户佩戴该声学输入输出设备10时，骨传导麦克风可以与人体直接接触，用户说话时产生的振动信号可以直接传递给骨传导麦克风。
在一些实施例中，声学输入输出设备10可以为一种头戴式耳机。为了方便描述，本申请以头戴式耳机为例对声学输入输出设备10进行说明。在一些实施例中，声学输入输出设备10可以为骨传导耳机，通过骨传导的途径输入和输出声音。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件可以与扬声器组件连接，拾音组件的导线组可以经由扬声器组件与骨传导耳机的其余元器件(例如，电池组件)进行电连接。在一些实施例中，拾音组件16可以与扬声器组件11物理连接，例如，铰接、卡接、焊接、一体成型等连接方式。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件16可以通过连接组件18与扬声器组件11连接。连接组件18是指用于物理连接声学输入输出设备10各个零部件的连接结构。在一些实施例中，连接组件18可以包括用于连接拾音组件16和扬声器组件11的连接件。
在一些实施例中，当拾音组件通过连接件与扬声器组件进行连接时， 为了方便描述，可以将拾音组件和连接件看作一个整体。进一步的，可以将拾音组件和连接件组成的整体称为棍咪组件。在一些实施实施例中，骨传导耳机还可以包括棍咪组件，棍咪组件可以用于拾取声音。棍咪组件可以被配置为连接扬声器组件11和拾音组件并且具有接收用户发出的声音信号的结构。在一些实施例中，棍咪组件的数量可以为一个，其连接两个扬声器组件11中的一个，例如棍咪组件可以连接与电池组件14所对应的扬声器组件11。当然，在其他一些实施例中，每个扬声器组件11均可以连接一个棍咪组件。
在一些实施例中，连接件181可以是刚性构件。刚性构件可以是指不具有弹性或者其弹性可以忽略不计。在一些实施例中，连接件181可以采用不锈钢、碳纤维、铝合金等材料制作。在一些实施例中，连接件181可以具有一定形状，例如，连接件181可以为细长条状(即棍状)。在一些实施例中，连接件181可以具有一定弧度，如图4所示，连接件181可以为具有一定弧度的棍状构件。
在一些实施例中，扬声器组件11可以通过产生机械振动传递声波使用户听到声音。扬声器组件11传递声波的方式包括气传导和骨传导。而无论是骨传导传递声波还是气传导传递声波，拾音组件都会与扬声器组件11直接或间接连接，扬声器组件11产生的振动会对拾音组件产生影响，降低拾音组件拾取的声音的音质。
具体的，以骨传导扬声器为例，在骨传导扬声器发声时会引起连接组件18、扬声器壳体的机械振动。连接组件18、扬声器壳体又会将机械振动传递给拾音组件。拾音组件的麦克风接收到机械振动之后会产生对应的机械振动并且会基于机械振动产生含有声音信息的信号(例如，电信号)。综上所述，由于拾音组件与连接组件18、扬声器壳体直接或间接地连接，因此在扬声器113传递声波时会引起连接组件18、扬声器壳体的机械振动， 连接组件18、扬声器壳体又会将机械振动传递给拾音组件，拾音组件的麦克风接收到机械振动之后会产生对应的机械振动并且会基于机械振动产生含有声音信息的信号(例如，电信号)。
因此，扬声器组件11产生的机械振动至少有一部分会传递到拾音组件的麦克风从而引起拾音组件的麦克风产生机械振动。当拾音组件的麦克风和扬声器组件11同时工作时，拾音组件的麦克风在接收语音信号(例如，通过拾取人说话时皮肤等位置的振动，接收到人说话的语音信号)的同时，扬声器组件11振动传递语音信号(例如，音乐)，拾音组件的麦克风会同时接收到多种机械振动。拾音组件的麦克风会接收到除用户传递的语音信号以外的扬声器组件11所传递的语音信号，从而会影响麦克风拾取的语音信号的质量。在一些实施例中，为了减小扬声器组件11发声时产生的机械振动对拾音组件的影响，可以将连接件181配置为具有一定弹性，起到减小振动幅度的作用。
在一些实施例中，连接件181可以为弹性件1811，通过弹性件1811的弹性来减小从扬声器组件11传递的机械振动的强度，从而提高麦克风拾取的语音信号的质量。如图5所示，在一些实施例中，弹性件1811可以为弹性连接杆18111，棍咪组件可以包括弹性连接杆18111和拾音组件16。弹性连接杆18111的一端连接扬声器组件11。弹性连接杆18111的另一端连接拾音组件16。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件16可以具有一个或者多个麦克风。例如，拾音组件16的麦克风数量大于或者等于2个，麦克风之间可以间隔设置。例如，一个麦克风位于拾音组件16远离扬声器组件11的端部，其他麦克风可以位于拾音组件16与端部连接的侧面。便于多个麦克风之间协同工作，能够起到降噪以及提升拾音质量等作用。扬声器组件11能够将音频转化成机械振动，也即，扬声器组件11在播放相应的音频时，该音频对应的语音 频段时会使得扬声器113产生相应的振动。
在一些实施例中，弹性件1811可以设置成使得扬声器组件11所产生的语音频段的振动从弹性件1811(例如，弹性件1811的弹性连接杆18111)的第一端传递到弹性件1811的第二端时有所衰减。具体的，以弹性连接杆18111为例，扬声器组件11所产生的语音频段的振动从弹性连接杆18111的第一端(也即与扬声器组件11连接的一端)传递到弹性连接杆18111的第二端(也即与拾音组件16连接的一端)时的平均振幅衰减率不小于35％。进一步的，上述平均振幅衰减率不小于45％。进一步的，平均振幅衰减率不小于50％。进一步的，平均振幅衰减率不小于55％。上述振幅衰减率不小于60％。进一步地，上述振幅衰减率不小于70％。
在实际的使用中，声学输入输出设备10的扬声器组件11所产生的机械振动会对棍咪组件的拾音效果造成不良影响，如回声等。关于扬声器组件11对于棍咪组件的影响的更多细节可以参见本申请其他实施例中的描述，此处不再赘述。基于上述原因，将弹性连接杆18111设置成使得扬声器组件11所产生的语音频段的振动从弹性连接杆18111的一端传递到弹性连接杆18111的另一端时的平均振幅衰减率不小于35％，如此一来，弹性连接杆18111在振动传递的过程中可以有效地吸收振动，减少经弹性连接杆18111的一端传递到另一端的振动幅度，进而减少了扬声器组件11所产生的振动而导致的拾音组件16的振动，能够有效地降低扬声器组件11的振动对拾音组件16的拾音效果的影响，提升拾音组件拾取的声音质量。
在一些实施例中，振动幅度的减弱可以通过弹性件1811的结构和/或弹性件1811的材料实现。在一些实施例中，弹性件1811的弹性可以是通过其结构上的设计来提供的。弹性件1811可以是弹性结构体，即使制作。弹性件1811的材料的刚度较高，也可以通过其结构来提供弹性。在一些实施例中，弹性件1811可以包括但不限于片状、条状、柱状、类似弹簧的结 构、环状或者类似环状截面的结构等。在一些实施例中，弹性件1811的弹性可以由制作弹性件1811的材料决定，例如，弹性件1811可以由镍钛合金制作，镍钛合金具有较强的弹性以及形状记忆能力，在发生形变时能够自动恢复到与原始形状接近的状态。
如图5所示，继续以弹性件1811为弹性连接杆18111为例，在一些实施例中，弹性连接杆18111可以包括用于提供弹性的弹性金属丝18113，弹性金属丝18113可以作为弹性连接杆18111的骨架，支撑弹性连接杆18111形成固定的形状。弹性连接杆18111还包括分别连接于弹性金属丝18113两端的接插部182。也即弹性金属丝18113的两端各自连接有一个接插部182。其中一个接插部182可以用于与拾音组件16接插配合。另一个接插部182可以用于和扬声器组件11接插配合。在一些实施例中，接插部182可以是接插卡扣，而在扬声器组件11以及拾音组件16上设置有与卡扣对应的接插卡槽。在一些实施例中，接插部182可以是磁铁，而在扬声器组件11以及拾音组件16上设置有导磁体，通过磁力作用将扬声器组件11以及拾音组件16与接插部182连接。在一些实施例中，两个接插部182的接插结构可以相同也可以不同。例如，与扬声器组件11连接的接插部182可以是接插卡扣，而与拾音组件16连接的接插部182可以是磁铁。只要能够与拾音组件16和扬声器组件11相应的接插结构相适配接口。在一些实施例中，接插部182与拾音组件16和扬声器组件11可以直接连接，例如，铰接、卡接、焊接、一体成型等连接方式。在一些实施例中，弹性金属丝18113可以为任一可实现的形状，包括但不限于条状、柱状、片状，本申请对此没有限制，可以根据实际情况确定弹性金属丝18113的形状。
在一些实施例中，弹性金属丝18113具有较强的恢复形变的能力，即在发生变形后可以恢复到原有的形状。在一些实施例中，弹性金属丝18113的弹性模量可以为70Gpa～90GPa。进一步的，弹性金属丝18113的 弹性模量为75Gpa～85GPa。进一步的，弹性金属丝18113的弹性模量为80Gpa～84Gpa。进一步地，弹性金属丝18113的弹性模量为81Gpa～83Gpa。
在一些实施例中，弹性金属丝18113的材料可以为弹簧钢、钛等。在一些实施例中，弹性金属丝18113的材料可以为镍钛合金。镍钛合金具有较强的恢复形变的能力，有效提高使用寿命。在本实施例中，通过设置弹性金属丝18113的弹性模量为70GPa～90GPa，可以使得弹性金属丝18113具有良好地吸收振动的能力，可以满足连接件181的吸振能力的要求，进而可以提高拾音组件162的拾音质量。
需要说明的是，除金属材料以外，还可以采用非金属材料制作作为连接件181的骨架，例如，采用塑料、橡胶等材料制作弹性丝作为连接件181的骨架。
在一些实施例中，若弹性件1811裸露在外，长时间使用会对弹性件1811造成损耗，例如，与雨水接触、与用户皮肤摩擦，使得弹性件1811的弹性降低以及恢复形变的能力下降，进而降低弹性件1811使用寿命。因此，在一些实施例中，可以在弹性件1811外设置保护弹性件1811的结构。
如图5所示，在一些实施例中，连接组件18还可以包括包覆于弹性件1811外周的弹性覆层183。弹性覆层183具有一定弹性，因而可以进一步降低扬声器组件11所产生的语音频段的振动由连接组件传递到拾音组件时的平均振幅衰减率。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183可以是弹性件1811的一部分，例如，弹性覆层183可以与弹性件1811一体成型。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183可以与弹性件1811分别成型然后组装。
为了方便描述，仍然以弹性件1811为弹性连接杆18111作为示例进行说明，具体的，弹性连接杆18111可以包括包覆于弹性金属丝18113外周的弹性覆层183。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183可以仅覆盖弹性金属丝 18113部分外周。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183可以包覆于弹性金属丝18113外周，即完全覆盖弹性金属丝18113。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183可以进一步覆盖部分接插部182，进而可以同时保护弹性金属丝18113和接插部182。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183的材料可以为硅胶、橡胶、塑胶等。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183沿其长度方向(如图5所示的两个接插部182连线的方向)可以开设有导线通道(图中未示出)，导线通道可以和弹性金属丝18113并列间隔设置。接插部182可以开设有连通导线通道的埋线槽(图中未示出)，用于连接拾音组件16的导线组可以经相邻的接插部182的埋线槽进入到导线通道内，进而再经另一个接插部182进入到扬声器组件11内。其中，导线组可以被配置为用于将拾音组件16与其他组件(例如，电池组件14和控制电路组件15)电连接。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183的弹性模量可以为0.5Gpa～2Gpa。进一步的，弹性覆层183的弹性模量为0.8Gpa～1.5Gpa。进一步地，弹性覆层183的弹性模量为1.2Gpa～1.4Gpa。在本实施例中，通过将弹性覆层183的弹性模量设置为0.5Gpa～2Gpa，而且由于弹性覆层183包覆在弹性金属丝18113外，可以将弹性金属丝18113所往外传递的振动进一步吸收，形成了内外协同吸振的效果，能够较大地提升棍咪组件的吸振效果，有效地减少传递到拾音组件16的振动，提升拾音质量。
需要注意的是，以上对于连接件181的描述，仅为描述方便，并不能把本说明书的一个或多个实施例限制在所举实施例范围之内。可以理解，对于本领域的技术人员来说，在了解该连接件181的原理后，可能在不背离这一原理的情况下，对各个部件进行任意组合，或者对其中的一个或多个单元进行省略。例如，弹性覆层183可以省略或替换为刚性外壳。又例如，当连接件181不是弹性件1811或者弹性件1811不是弹性连接杆18111时，连接件181的外周仍然可以包覆有弹性覆层183。再例如，弹性件1811 可以为弹性连接片。诸如此类的变形，均在本说明书的一个或多个实施例的保护范围之内。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件需要与骨传导耳机的其他组件进行电连接，以便于用户对拾音组件进行控制。例如，用户可以选择关闭拾音组件的拾音功能。又例如，用户可以调整拾音组件拾取的声音的音量。在一些实施例中，拾音组件包括与骨传导耳机的其他组件进行电连接的导线组，通过拾音组件16的导线组与骨传导耳机的其余一个或多个组件进行电连接。而上述这些组件均与扬声器组件11连接，因此，拾音组件16的导线组需要经由扬声器组件11与上述组件电连接，通过拾音组件16的导线组与骨传导耳机的其余一个或多个组件进行电连接。而上述这些组件均与扬声器组件11连接，因此，拾音组件16的导线组需要经由扬声器组件11与上述组件电连接。
如图6所示，在一些实施例中，扬声器组件11可以包括第一扬声器壳体111、第二扬声器壳体112以及扬声器113。第一扬声器壳体111和第二扬声器壳体112配合连接，以形成用于容纳扬声器113的收容空间110。第一扬声器壳体111可以开设有间隔设置的第一通孔1110和第二通孔1111，第一通孔1110和第二通孔1111均可以连通收容空间110，拾音组件16的导线组能够穿入第一通孔1110，并且经过收容空间110穿至第二通孔1111。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件16可以与扬声器组件11相对固定，即拾音组件16与扬声器组件11配接之后，相对扬声器组件11无法活动。在一些实施例中，拾音组件可以直接与第一扬声器壳体，连接的方式此处不再赘述。在一些实施例中，第一扬声器壳体111可以与连接件181(例如，弹性件1811)的一端配接。在一些实施例中，第一扬声器壳体111可以与弹性连接杆18111的一端接插配合。
在一些实施例中，当拾音组件16更靠近用户的发声部位，例如，声 带、喉部、嘴部、鼻腔等时，拾音组件16的麦克风可以接收到更大幅度的振动信号，麦克风拾取到的声音信号的音质更好，音量更大。例如，当将拾音组件16对准用户的嘴部时，收音效果更好。而当用户不需要使用麦克风功能，例如，用户进食时，可能需要调整拾音组件16的位置。因此，在一些实施例中，可以将拾音组件16配置为能够相对扬声器组件11转动，以方便用户调整拾音组件16的位置，提高用户体验。
在一些实施例中，为了便于调节拾音组件的拾音位置，可以设置拾音组件能够相对于第一扬声器壳体111进行转动。在一些实施例中，扬声器组件11可以包括转动件184。第一扬声器壳体111可以开设有第一通孔1110。
在一些实施例中，转动件184可以与前述一个或多个实施例中的连接件(例如，弹性件1811)181结合。例如，拾音组件16可以通过连接件181与转动件184连接，然后通过转动件184与扬声器组件11连接，以实现相对扬声器组件11的转动。在一些实施例中，连接件181可以是弹性件1811，例如，弹性件1811可以是弹性连接杆18111。本申请将结合转动件184和弹性连接杆18111进行说明。
在一些实施例中，转动件184可转动地插设于第一通孔1110内，接插部182可以与转动件184接插配合，以使得拾音组件可以相对于第一扬声器壳体111转动。
第一扬声器壳体111可以开设有与第一通孔1110间隔设置的第二通孔1111。第二通孔1111用于供骨传导耳机的其余组件(例如，耳挂组件12)进行接插配合，进而使得扬声器组件11和骨传导耳机的其余组件(例如，耳挂组件12)连接固定。其中，第一通孔1110和第二通孔1111均连通收容空间110。
如图8所示，在一些实施例中，转动件184可以包括相互连接引线 部1841和转动部1842，转动部1842可以嵌设于第一通孔1110内，拾音组件16可以与引线部1841连接，以使得拾音组件16的导线组可以穿过引线部1841，并经由转动部1842穿入第一通孔1110。
在一些实施例中，第一扬声器壳体111的第一通孔1110的端口可以设置有背离第一通孔1110延伸的接入段(图中未示出)。接入段与第一通孔1110连通。转动部1842可以套设于接入段的外周壁，实现与扬声器组件11的可转动连接。关于引线部1841和转动部1842的更多细节可以参见本申请其他实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，第一扬声器壳体111可以包括相互连接的底壁1112和侧壁1113。侧壁1113环绕连接于底壁1112，第二扬声器壳体112盖设于侧壁1113远离底壁1112的一侧，以形成用于容纳扬声器113的收容空间110。在一些实施例中，第一通孔1110可以形成于底壁1112，第二通孔1111可以形成于侧壁1113。在一些实施例中，第一通孔1110可以形成于底壁1112邻近第二通孔1111的一侧，以使得第一通孔1110和第二通孔1111相邻。
在一些实施例中，当拾音组件16与扬声器组件11(例如，第一扬声器壳体111)直接连接或者拾音组件16通过连接组件18(例如，弹性件1811)与扬声器组件11连接时，若连接组件18或拾音组件16与第一扬声器壳体111的连接面为平面，拾音组件16的转动可能会受到第一扬声器壳体111的干扰。因此，在一些实施例中，底壁1112可以具有背离收容空间110凸起的第一凸部1114，第一通孔1110可以形成于第一凸部1114，侧壁1113可以具有背离收容空间110凸起的第二凸部1115。第二通孔1111可以形成于第二凸部1115。
在一些实施例中，第一凸部1114的凸起方向可以与第二凸部1115的凸起方向形成一定角度，即第一凸部1114的轴线方向与第二凸部1115 的轴线方向之间的夹角成一定角度。在一些实施例中，第一凸部1114的凸起方向可以和第二凸部1115的凸起方向相互垂直。在一些实施例中，第一凸部1114和第二凸部1115之间可以为弧形连接，即第一凸部1114和第二凸部1115之间的连接面为弧面。在一些实施例中，第一凸部1114和第二凸部1115之间的连接面也可以为平面。
在本实施例中，通过在底壁1112设置第一凸部1114和侧壁1113设置第二凸部1115，并使第一凸部1114和第二凸部1115的凸起方向相互垂直且弧形连接，可以增强第一扬声器壳体111的结构强度和结构稳定性。进一步的，转动件184嵌入到第一凸部1114的第一通孔1110内，第一凸部1114具有相应的高度可以使得棍咪组件的转动不会受到第一扬声器壳体111的干扰，第一凸部1114和第二凸部1115的凸起方向相互垂直也可以减少耳挂组件12和棍咪组件之间产生相互干涉的可能。
在本实施例中，拾音组件16可以通过相应的导线组连接声学输入输出设备10上的其他相关部件，例如，电池组件14或者控制电路组件15，除了前述实施例所描述的便于用户对拾音组件进行控制之外，还可以用于将所获取的音频信号传输至相关部件上进行后续的处理。
在一些实施例中，棍咪组件(即连接件181与拾音组件16组成的结构)的导线组可以穿过弹性连接杆18111的弹性覆层183，并经接插部182引出。在一些实施例中，弹性覆层183可以设置有导线通道(图中未示出)，拾音组件16的导线组可以经过穿入导线通道。拾音组件16的导线组可以经接插部182穿出后进入到第一扬声器壳体111内。具体地，拾音组件16的导线组可以穿入第一通孔1110，并经收容空间110穿至第二通孔1111内。在一些实施例中，拾音组件16的导线组可以进一步从第二通孔1111穿出，进入骨传导耳机的其他组件中(例如，耳挂组件12的容置空间120中)，与骨传导耳机的其他元器件(例如，电池组件14或者控制电路组件 15)电连接。
在实际的使用中，棍咪组件(即拾音组件16和连接件181组成的结构)能够相对于第一扬声器壳体111转动。在一些实施例中，当拾音组件16进行转动时，会使得拾音组件16的导线组移动，可能会由于拾音组件16的导线组的不当移动而限制拾音组件16的转动，例如，导线组发生缠绕或过度弯曲限制拾音组件16继续转动。在一些实施例中，由于拾音组件16的导线组进入第一通孔1110后，可能会与扬声器组件11直接或间接接触(例如，与第一扬声器壳体111接触)，拾音组件16的导线组也可能会将扬声器组件11产生的机械振动传递到拾音组件16，进而影响拾音组件16的拾音效果，而且还可能影响电连接稳定性。基于上述原因，本申请对扬声器组件11进行改进，以改善上述技术问题。
在一些实施例中，扬声器组件11可以进一步包括导线固定组件，导线固定组件可以用于固定经第一通孔1110穿引至第二通孔1111的拾音组件16的导线组，从而限制拾音组件16相对转动第一扬声器壳体111转动时引起的导线组的移动，减小导线组的磨损，并且限制拾音组件16的导线组的机械振动幅度，提高拾音组件16的拾音效果。
在一些实施例中，导线固定组件可以包括压持件115，压持件可以用于压紧拾音组件16的导线组，从而减小拾音组件16的导线组的振动幅度以及限制导线组的移动。具体的，压持件可以设置于收容空间110内，即压持件可以位于第一扬声器壳体111内对拾音组件16的导线组进行压紧。
如图7所示，在一些实施例中，压持件115可以包括第一压持件1151，第一压持件1151可以用于压持拾音组件16的导线组。具体地，第一压持件1151可以设置于收容空间110内且覆盖第一通孔1110，以用于压持经第一通孔1110穿引至第二通孔1111的拾音组件16的导线组。在一些实施例中，第一压持件1151可以部分覆盖第一通孔1110，例如，第一压持件 1151可以部分覆盖第一通孔1110，仅留出一部分空隙作为供导线组穿过通道。在一些实施例中，第一压持件1151可以完全覆盖第一通孔1110，例如，第一压持件1151可以完全覆盖住第一通孔1110，导线组可以从第一压持件1151和第一通孔1110的连接处之间的缝隙进入收容空间110内。在一些实施例中，第一压持件1151可以开设有供导线组通过的穿孔(图中未示出)，使得拾音组件16的导线组可以经由第一压持件1151的穿孔进入收容空间110而不必经过第一压持件1151和第一通孔1110连接处之间的缝隙，从而让第一压持件1151可以与第一通孔1110紧密接触。
压持件115可以限制拾音组件16的导线组的活动空间，减少拾音组件16的导线组的晃动或者移动，进而能够减少由于扬声器组件11的振动而产生的振动和传递到拾音组件16的振动，提到拾音组件16的拾音效果，也能够提升电性稳定性，此外，压持件115的压持也可以减少拾音组件16的导线组和第一扬声器壳体111的摩擦，进而可以保护拾音组件16的导线组。
在一些实施例中，压持件115可以进一步包括第二压持件1152，第二压持件1152可以与前述实施例中的第一压持件1151结合，共同对导线组进行压紧。在一些实施例中，压持件也可以仅包括第二压持件1152，通过第二压持件1152同样可以实现对导线组的压紧。具体的，第二压持件1152可以采用与第一压持件1151相同或相似的设置方式，例如，第二压持件1152可以至少部分覆盖第一通孔1110，或者第二压持件1152可以开设有供导线组穿过的穿孔。
在一些实施例中，压持件可以同时包括第一压持件1151和第二压持件1152，增强对拾音组件16的导线组的限制效果。在一些实施例中，第一压持件1151和第二压持件1152可以均为片状构件，第一压持件1151和第二压持件1152可以层叠设置，第二压持件1152相较于第一压持件1151远 离第一通孔1110。在本实施例中，第一压持件1151可以作为与拾音组件16的导线组直接接触并压紧拾音组件16的导线组的结构，而第二压持件1152可以作为固定第一压持件1151并间接压紧拾音组件16的导线组的结构，进而提高压持件对于拾音组件16的导线组的限制效果。在一些实施例，第二压持件1152的硬度可以大于第一压持件1151的硬度，由于第一压持件1151与拾音组件16的导线组直接接触，因此让第一压持件1151具有较小硬度可以减小拾音组件16的导线组的磨损，而让第二压持件1152具有一定硬度可以让第一压持件1151更稳定，减小拾音组件16的导线组的移动和振动幅度。在一些实施例中，压持件可以同时包括多个压持件或多组压持件的组合。所述压持件的组合包括至少两种不同的压持件。
在一些实施例中，压持件115可以包括层叠设置的硬质盖板和弹性体。其中，硬质盖板可以作为第一压持件1151，弹性体可以作为第二压持件1152。硬质盖板相较于弹性体远离第一通孔1110，弹性体可以用于接触拾音组件16的导线组，硬质盖板的硬度大于弹性体的硬度。硬质盖板通过压持弹性体接触拾音组件16的导线组，由于硬质盖板的硬度比弹性体的硬度大，硬度较大的硬质盖板可以保证了压持拾音组件16的导线组的刚度，而硬度较小的弹性体可以提高对拾音组件16的导线组移动或者振动的吸收，减少拾音组件16的导线组的振动，起到缓冲和保护的作用。
在一些实施例中，硬质盖板可以为金属、陶瓷、塑料等，例如，硬质盖板可以为钢片。在一些实施例中，弹性体可以为塑料、硅胶、橡胶片、纤维等，例如，弹性体可以为泡棉。
在一些实施例中，导线固定组件除前述一个或多个实施例中的压持件115外，还可以通过其他的方式或结构对拾音组件16的导线组进行固定。
在一些实施例中，导线固定组件可以包括设置在收容空间110内的 一个或多个卡箍，卡箍可以用于固定拾音组件16的导线组。具体的，一个或多个卡箍可以固定设置在第一扬声器壳体111的内壁，拾音组件16的导线组经第一通孔1110穿入收容空间110后，利用卡箍将拾音组件16的导线组进行固定。在一些实施例中，一个或多个卡箍可以按照预设的方式进行设置，使得拾音组件16的导线组可以顺利经由收容空间110穿至第二通孔1111，拾音组件16的导线组虽然被卡箍固定但不会影响拾音组件16相对第一扬声器壳体111的转动。在本实施例中，采用卡箍的形式同样可以对拾音组件16的导线组进行固定，并且卡箍体积较小，可以减少占用空间，有利于缩减扬声器组件的体积。
在一些实施例中，压持件可以与第一扬声器壳体111物理连接，例如，通过粘接、销接、焊接、一体成型等方式进行连接。为了保证压持件115可以准确地压紧拾音组件16的导线组，并进一步提高压持件115与第一扬声器壳体111的连接强度，提高使用寿命，在一些实施例中，扬声器组件11可以进一步包括间隔设置于第一扬声器壳体111的定位件1117，第一压持件1151和/或第二压持件1152可以通过定位件1117固定于第一扬声器壳体111。
在一些实施例中，定位件1117可以为设置于第一通孔1110的外围的往收容空间110内延伸的凸柱11171。
具体地，以图9所示的实施例为例，第一扬声器壳体111在第一通孔1110的外围设置有往收容空间110内凸出的多个凸柱11171，多个凸柱11171可以作为固定压持件115的定位件1117。多个凸柱11171可以间隔设置于第一通孔1110的外围。在一些实施例中，第二压持件1152可以与多个定位件1117固定连接，第一压持件1151可以被固定于多个定位件1117之间。具体的，硬质盖板1151可以固定于多个凸柱11171，弹性体1152可以设置于多个凸柱11171之间而不与多个凸柱11171直接连接。例如，凸 柱11171的数量为三个。通过设置于第一通孔1110外围的多个凸柱11171固定硬质盖板，进而将弹性体1152压持在第一通孔1110和硬质盖板之间，弹性体可以压持拾音组件16的导线组，多个凸柱11171可以提高硬质盖板1151的稳定性，进而可以提高弹性体1152跟导线组接触的稳定性。
需要说明的是，定位件1117除上述实施例中的凸柱11171之外，还可以以其他的结构或形式对压持件115进行固定。例如，定位件1117可以设置在第一扬声器壳体111内的限位板(图中未示出)，限位板可以限制压持件115(例如，硬质盖板、弹性体)移动，将压持件115限制在与第一通孔紧密接触的位置，使压持件115能够压紧拾音组件16的导线组。
通过导线固定组件对拾音组件16的导线组进行固定，例如，通过设置压持件115压持拾音组件16的导线组，可以减少拾音组件16的导线组由于扬声器组件11的振动而产生的振动，也可以增强拾音组件16在转动过程导线组的稳定性，还能够保护拾音组件16的导线组，减少导线组的磨损，提高导线组的使用寿命。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件16在转动过程中也需要具备良好的稳定性，也即转动件184和第一通孔1110的配合结构对拾音组件16的转动稳定性起到较大作用。以下对转动件184的结构进行示例性描述。
如图8所示，在一些实施例中，转动件184可以包括相互连接的引线部1841和转动部1842。引线部1841可以用于与拾音组件16(或连接件181)连接。转动部1842可以嵌入第一通孔1110内，且可以相对于第一扬声器壳体111转动。拾音组件16的导线组可以经由引线部1841和转动部1842进入到收容空间110内。在一些实施例中，引线部1841可以形成有第一孔段18410。转动部1842沿其轴线方向可以形成有第二孔段18420。第一孔段18410和第二孔段18420连通。
在一些实施例中，连接件181(例如，弹性件1811)可以与引线部 1841配接，拾音组件16的导线组可以依次经过连接件181、引线部1841(引线部1841的第一孔段18410)、转动部1842(转动部1842的第二孔段18420)穿入第一通孔1110。
在一些实施例中，连接组件18可以包括用于将连接件181(例如，弹性件1811)和引线部1841配接的配接组件。例如，连接件181的远离拾音组件16的一端和引线部1841远离转动部1842的一端可以设置有相互适配的第一配接件和第二配接件，当第一配接件和第二配接件配接时，引线部1841与连接件181相对固定。
在一些实施例中，第一配接件可以为前述一个或多个实施例中的接插部182。棍咪组件(即连接件181与拾音组件16组成的结构)的接插部182(即连接件181的接插部182)可以插置于引线部1841的第一孔段18410内。当连接件181与转动件184连接时，拾音组件16的导线组可以从第一孔段18410和第二孔段18420进入到收容空间110内。在一些实施例中，接插部182可以开设有接插孔段(图中未示出)，接插孔段可以套设在引线部1841的第一孔段18410外周壁，拾音组件16的导线组可以从接插孔段穿入第一孔段18410内。
在一些实施例中，第一孔段18410的延伸方向和第二孔段18420的延伸方向之间的夹角可以小于180°。进一步的，第一孔段18410的延伸方向和第二孔段18420的延伸方向之间的夹角可以小于170°。进一步的，第一孔段18410的延伸方向和第二孔段18420的延伸方向之间的夹角可以小于160°。进一步地，第一孔段18410的延伸方向和第二孔段18420的延伸方向之间的夹角可以小于150°。
用户佩戴骨传导耳机时，可以通过旋转转动件来调整拾音组件16的朝向，从而获得不同水平的收音效果。在一些实施例中，用户可能需要将拾音组件16精确调整到某一位置，例如，用户的嘴部。在一些实施例中， 当用户将拾音组件16旋转至某一位置后，可能需要将拾音组件16保持在该位置，例如，用户某一时刻不再需要使用麦克风功能，并将拾音组件16旋转并保持在背离用户的嘴部的一侧。因此，还需要对转动件进行设计，以使得转动部1842不会相对第一通孔随意发生转动。
在一些实施例中，沿转动部1842的周向设置有阻尼槽1843。连接组件18可以进一步包括设置于阻尼槽1843内的阻尼件116，阻尼件116能够与第一通孔1110的内周壁接触，以通过接触摩擦为转动部1842提供转动阻尼。在本实施例中，当转动部1842相对第一扬声器壳体111转动时，阻尼件116与第一通孔1110的内周壁接触提供转动阻尼，在用户调节拾音组件16的过程中，可以让用户感受到阻尼的变化，提高拾音组件16的调节精度。同时，当用户调节完毕时，转动阻尼的存在可以让转动部1842以及拾音组件16保持在某一位置不会随意发生转动，进一步提高用户的使用体验。
参见图8所示，在一些实施例中，转动部1842可以包括转动主体18421以及沿转动主体18421的径向凸出设置于转动主体18421两端的第一卡止部18422和第二卡止部18423。在一些实施例中，转动主体18421可以嵌设于第一通孔1110内，第一卡止部18422和第二卡止部18423分别与第一扬声器壳体111的两侧抵接，以限制转动部1842沿轴向方向相对第一扬声器壳体111移动。
在一些实施例中，转动主体18421可以呈筒状设置，沿其轴线方向开设有第二孔段18420。在一些实施例中，第一卡止部18422和第二卡止部18423可以设置于转动主体18421外周，且呈环形或者开环形设置。具体地，第一卡止部18422相较于第二卡止部18423远离引线部1841，第二卡止部18423相较于第一卡止部18422靠近引线部1841。具体地，第一卡止部18422和第二卡止部18423分别抵接第一扬声器壳体111中第一通孔 1110所贯通的两侧，也即位于收容空间110内的一侧和位于收容空间110外的另一侧。通过转动主体18421两端设置的第一卡止部18422和第二卡止部18423抵接第一扬声器壳体111的两侧，可以有效地限制转动部1842在其轴线方向上的移动，进而将转动部1842限制于第一通孔1110内进行转动，增强其转动稳定性。
在一些实施例中，第一卡止部18422、第二卡止部18423可以与前述一个或多个实施例中的阻尼组件(即阻尼件116与阻尼槽1843)结合。如图8和图9所示，在一些实施例中，为了进一步增强拾音组件16的转动稳定性，转动部1842可以开设有阻尼槽1843。在一些实施例中，转动主体18421在第一卡止部18422和第二卡止部18423之间沿其周向形成有阻尼槽1843。扬声器组件11可以包括阻尼件116，例如，阻尼件116可以为套设在阻尼槽1843中的阻尼圈。阻尼件116(例如阻尼圈)设置于阻尼槽1843内并与第一通孔1110的周壁接触，以通过接触摩擦为转动部1842提供转动阻尼。其中，第一通孔1110的周壁也即底壁1112围设成第一通孔1110的部分。通过设置阻尼件116嵌入阻尼槽1843为转动部1842在第一通孔1110内转动提供阻尼，可以使得转动部1842的转动更加平稳，增强棍咪组件转动的平衡性和稳定性。同时，由于增加了阻尼组件，一方面使得转动部1842相对第一通孔1110转动需要克服转动阻尼，可以有效防止转动件随意发生转动。另一方面当用户将拾音组件16转动到目标位置后，无需对拾音组件16进行固定即可固定拾音组件16的位置，进一步提高用户体验。
本申请对于阻尼件116的材料不做限制，在一些实施例中，阻尼件116可以为橡胶件、塑胶件或者硅胶件等，此外，阻尼件116还可以是其他类型的材料，例如，高阻尼合金。
在一些实施例中，在拾音组件16转动的过程中，除了需要考虑转动稳定性外也需要增强转动的可靠性，若拾音组件16可以不受限制地沿同一 方向转动(即可转动范围大于360度)，会致使拾音组件16的导线组等发生缠绕或者断裂。而且如果拾音组件16不受限制的沿同一方向转动，可以会导致转动件184的阻尼组件(阻尼槽1843和阻尼件116)更容易失效，导致后续难以利用转动件184调整拾音组件16的角度。为此，在一些实施例中，需要限制拾音组件16的转动范围。
在一些实施例中，连接组件18可以进一步包括转动限位结构，转动限位结构可以用于限制转动部1842相对第一扬声器壳体111的转动范围，提高转动件的使用寿命。
在一些实施例中，转动限位结构可以包括转动部1842上沿周向设置的限位槽18441以及设置于第一通孔1110的内周壁的与限位槽18441适配的限位件1116；当转动部1842相对第一扬声器壳体111转动时，限位件1116能够抵接限位槽18441的两端，以限制转动部1842继续转动。
如图8和图9所示，在一些实施例中，转动部1842可以开设有限位槽18441，第一通孔1110的周壁可以凸出设置有凸块11161，凸块11161用于限位槽18441配合，进而限制转动部1842的转动范围。
在一些实施例中，转动限位结构可以与前述一个或多个实施例中的阻尼组件(即阻尼件116以及阻尼槽1843)和/或第一卡止部18422、第二卡止部18423结合使用。
在一些实施例中，转动主体18421在第一卡止部18422和第二卡止部18423之间沿其周向可以形成有限位槽18441。限位槽18441和阻尼槽1843可以间隔设置。具体地，限位槽18441和阻尼槽1843在转动主体18421的轴线方向上间隔设置，例如，在图9所示的实施例中，限位槽18441更靠近第一卡止部18422，阻尼槽1843更靠近第二卡止部18423。在一些实施例中，限位槽18441可以呈开环状设置，也即使得限位槽18441所占据的角度可以小于360°。进一步的，限位槽18441所占据的角度可以小于 300°。进一步地，限位槽18441所占据的角度可以小于270°。在一些实施例中，限位槽18441可以与阻尼槽1843重合。例如，限位槽18441可以为转动件提供转动阻尼。
在一些实施例中，对于限位槽18441和凸块11161的设置位置，本申请不做限制，例如，限位槽18441可以设置在第一通孔1110的周壁，而凸块11161可以设置于转动主体18421上。
在一些实施例中，第一通孔1110的周壁可以凸出设置有凸块11161(图9中也有示出)。凸块11161可以嵌入到限位槽18441内。在本实施例中，在转动部1842相对于第一扬声器壳体111转动时，限位槽18441的两端可以随着转动部1842的转动而改变和凸块11161之间的位置，当限位槽18441转动至其一端抵接凸块11161时，凸块11161可以限制转动部1842继续沿当前转动方向继续转动。也即，凸块11161可以抵接限位槽18441的两端，以限制转动部1842的转动范围。
通过设置在转动主体18421上的限位槽18441与第一通孔1110的周壁设置的凸块11161可以限制转动部1842的转动范围，也使得拾音组件16在一定的范围内转动，而并非不受限制地往同一个方向转动，提高了拾音组件16转动的可靠性，降低拾音组件16的故障概率，提高声学输入输出设备10的使用寿命。
在一些实施例中，限位槽18441和凸块11161的数量可以均为一个，一个限位槽18441与一个凸块11161的配合的更多细节可以参见前述一个或多个实施例中，此处不再赘述。在一些实施例中，限位槽18441和凸块11161的数量可以至少为两个。例如，限位槽18441和凸块11161的数量可以为两个，两个限位槽18441间隔设置在转动部1842的周壁，两个凸块11161间隔设置在第一通孔1110的周壁，一个凸块11161对应一个限位槽18441。在一些实施例中，两个限位槽18441可以位于转动部1842的周壁 的同一平面，也可以位于不同平面，即两个限位槽18441交错设置。而凸块11161设置的位置本申请不做限制，只要能够与限位槽18441配接即可。
在一些实施例中，转动限位结构除前述一个或多个实施例中的限位槽18441以及凸块11161之外，还可以通过其他的方式限制转动件184的转动范围。在一些实施例中，转动限位结构可以包括磁吸组件(图中未示出)，磁吸组件可以包括转动部1842上沿周向设置的导磁体以及设置于第一通孔1110的内周壁的磁铁。在一些实施例中，导磁体可以具有一定长度并环绕在转动部1842的周壁。磁铁和导磁体强耦合使得磁铁无法脱离导磁体，当磁铁移动到导磁体的两端时，由于磁铁与导磁体的强耦合作用使得磁铁无法继续移动，进而限制转动部1842的转动范围。在一些实施例中，导磁体的长度可以小于转动部1842的周壁周长。进一步的，导磁体的长度可以小于转动部1842的周壁周长的5/6，对应转动部1842的转动范围为300度。进一步地，导磁体的长度可以小于转动部1842的周壁周长的3/4，对应转动部1842的转动范围为270度。
在一些实施例中，拾音组件16与转动件184可以相对固定，即拾音组件16不可以从转动件拆卸下来，例如，通过粘接、焊接等方式进行连接。然而，在一些实际应用场景中，用户常常需要拆卸拾音组件进行维修、更换等操作。若拾音组件与转动件184的连接为固定连接，则不便于对拾音组件16进行拆卸，因此，在一些实施例中，可以将拾音组件16配置为可拆卸地与转动件184连接。然而，在一些应用场景中，拾音组件16的位置可能会频繁进行变动，在长时间使用之后可能会使得拾音组件16与转动件184的连接强度降低，进而导致拾音组件16脱离转动件184。
在一些实施例中，连接组件18可以进一步包括用于限制拾音组件16相对转动件184移动的固定组件。在一些实施例中，所述固定组件为可拆卸组件。在一些实施例中，固定组件可以包括设置在引线部1841的第三配 接件(图中未示出)以及设置在拾音组件16上的与第三配接件配接的第四配接件(图中未示出)。通过第三配接件与第四配接件的配合可以将拾音组件16与转动件184连接。在一些实施例，第三配接件可以是设置在拾音组件16上的卡扣。第四配接部可以是设置在引线部1841的第一孔段18410内的与卡扣适配的卡扣凹槽。卡扣可以卡在卡扣凹槽中以将拾音组件16与转动件184固定。
需要说明的是，本申请中的固定组件可以与前述一个或多个实施例中的连接件181(例如，弹性件1811)结合。例如，连接组件18可以同时包括固定组件和连接件181，通过连接件181将拾音组件16和转动件184连接，同时通过固定组件将拾音组件16与连接件181进行连接。
结合图8和图9所示，在一些实施例中，为了减少插置于第一孔段11410内的连接件181(例如，弹性件1811)脱落或者被扯出等情况的发生，在一些实施例中，固定组件可以包括固定件114，固定件114可以设置于转动件184上以将连接件181与转动件184固定连接。在一些实施例中，固定件114可以是扬声器组件11的一部分，用于固定插置于第一孔段11410内的连接件181，从而限制棍咪组件(即连接件181以及拾音组件16)的移动。
在一些实施例中，固定件114可以进一步包括设置于固定主体1141一端的固定连接部，连接件181的第一端开设有固定配接部；固定连接部能够与固定配接部配接。
在一些实施例中，固定配接部可以为固定孔180。具体的，在用于插置于第一孔段11410内的连接件181的第一端可以开设有固定孔180。
在一些实施例中，固定连接部可以为与固定孔180配接的接插脚1142。具体的，固定件114可以包括固定主体1141和设置于固定主体1141的一端的接插脚1142。固定主体1141可以插置于第二孔段18420内，且 接插脚1142插入到固定孔180内，以限制连接件181和拾音组件16的移动。在一些实施例中，固定主体1141沿其长度方向也开设有相应的引线孔1140，当固定件114与转动件184配接时并且转动件184与第一通孔1110配接时，引线孔1140可以连通第二孔段18420和扬声器组件11的收容空间110，拾音组件16的导线组可以经由第一孔段11410进入引线孔1140，然后穿过固定主体1141上相应的引线孔1140进入到收容空间110内。
在一些实施例中，接插脚1142沿其轴线方向可以开设有与引线孔1140连通的穿线孔(图中未示出)。当固定孔180与接插脚1142配接时，拾音组件16的导线组可以由固定孔180进入穿线孔，并由穿线孔进入引线孔1140中。
需要说明的是，本申请对于固定连接部、固定配接部的具体结构不做限定。在一些实施例中，固定连接部可以为开设在固定主体1141的一端的固定孔180，固定孔180可以与引线孔1140连通。而固定配接部可以为设置在连接件181(例如，弹性件1811)的一端的接插脚1142，拾音组件16的导线组可以由接插脚1142进入固定孔180，并由固定孔180进入引线孔1140。
在一些实施例中，接插脚1142可以包括卡扣。当接插脚1142与固定孔180配接时，卡扣可以卡在固定孔180中，防止接插脚1142与固定孔180分离，进一步提高连接件181的连接强度。
在一些实施例中，转动部1842需要具有一定的刚度，以保证转动件184与第一扬声器壳体111连接时具有足够的连接强度。在一些实施例中，当转动部1842与第一扬声器壳体111配接时，需要将第一卡止部18422和转动主体18421嵌入到第一通孔1110中。如果转动部1842的刚度过大，则不便于将第一卡止部18422和转动主体18421嵌入到第一通孔1110中。因此，需要转动主体18421和第一卡止部18422具有一定弹性。基于上述 原因，需要对转动部1842的结构进行设计，使其具有一定弹性，以能够嵌入到第一通孔1110中，同时又保证具有一定的刚度。
在一些实施例中，转动部1842远离引线部1841的一端可以形成有缺口18424，缺口18424可以连通第二孔段18420。固定件114可以进一步包括凸出设置于固定主体1141外周的凸台1143。凸台1143可以嵌入到缺口18424并支撑于缺口18424内。如此一来，可以支撑转动主体18421稳定地容置于第二孔段18420内。
在一些实施例中，缺口18424的数量可以为至少两个，并沿转动部1842的周向将转动部1842远离引线部1841的一端划分成彼此间隔的至少两个子部件18425。也即，缺口18424可以贯穿转动主体18421的周侧，进而在转动部1842的圆周方向上，将转动部1842远离引线部1841的一端分割成相应数量的子部件18425。
通过开设缺口18424将转动部1842的端部分割成至少两个子部件18425，进而使得转动部1842远离引线部1841的一端可以具有一定的弹性，如此可以降低将转动部1842嵌入到第一通孔1110内的难度，提高组装的效率。同时，凸台1143嵌入到缺口18424，利用两者互补的方式增强转动部1842的结构可靠性和强度。
在一些实施例中，缺口18424的数量为两个且彼此相对设置。凸台1143的数量相应为两个且彼此相背。两个凸台1143对应嵌入到两个缺口18424，以使得固定件114支撑于两个子部件18425之间。进一步地，两个凸台1143嵌入到两个缺口18424，可以使得固定件114和转动部1842远离引线部1841的一端互补成一个完整的环状结构。
在一些实施例中，本申请对于缺口18424的数量不做限制，缺口18424的数量可以为一个、三个、四个等。而子部件18425的数量与缺口18424的数量相同，以使得子部件18425可以完全填补缺口18424，形成完 整的环状结构。
需要注意的是，以上对于固定组件的描述，仅为描述方便，并不能把本说明书的一个或多个实施例限制在所举实施例范围之内。可以理解，对于本领域的技术人员来说，在了解该固定组件的原理后，可能在不背离这一原理的情况下，对其进行任意组合，或者对其中的一个或多个组件进行省略。例如，固定连接件和固定配接件可以进行省略。又例如，固定组件可以与前述一个或多个实施例中的导线固定组件结合。再例如，固定组件可以与前述一个或多个实施例中的弹性件1811结合。在一些实施例中，固定件114可以进一步包括设置于固定主体1141一端的固定连接部，弹性件1811的第一端开设有固定配接部；固定连接部能够与固定配接部配接以限制弹性件1811相对转动件184移动。再例如，固定组件可以与前述一个或多个实施例中的阻尼组件(例如，阻尼件116与阻尼槽1843组成的结构)以及转动限位结构(例如，限位槽18441与凸块11161组成的结构)结合。诸如此类的变形，均在本说明书的一个或多个实施例的保护范围之内。
在一些实施例中，当声学输入输出设备10为骨传导耳机时，还可以包括耳挂组件12，耳挂组件12可以与扬声器组件11连接用于保持扬声器组件11与用户的耳部稳定接触，防止扬声器组件11从用户的耳部脱落。
在一些实施例中，耳挂组件12的数量可以至少为一个。例如，骨传导耳机为单耳式耳机，单耳式耳机的扬声器组件11的数量为一个，一个扬声器组件11与一个耳挂组件12连接并被固定于用户的其中一个耳部。在一些实施例中，耳挂组件数量可以为两个。例如，骨传导耳机可以为双耳式耳机，当用户佩戴骨传导耳机时，两组扬声器组件11分别与两组耳挂组件12连接，被固定在用户的左、右耳朵附近，实现双耳佩戴。
在一些实施例中，第一扬声器壳体111的第二通孔1111可以用于供耳挂组件12接插配合，拾音组件16的导线组可以经由第二通孔1111穿过 至耳挂组件12的容置空间120内。本实施例以下对耳挂组件12进行示例性描述。
在一些实施例中，耳挂组件12可以包括耳挂连接组件和耳挂壳体。耳挂连接组件122可以连接第二通孔1111和耳挂壳体。耳挂壳体的内部可以具有容置空间120用于收容电池组件14、控制电路组件15中的至少一个。拾音组件16的导线组能够穿过第二通孔1111，经由耳挂连接组件122穿入容置空间120与收容在容置空间120中的电池组件14和/或控制电路组件15电连接。
如图10和图11所示，在一些实施例中，耳挂壳体可以包括第一耳挂壳体121和与第一耳挂壳体121适配的第二耳挂壳体123。当第一耳挂壳体121与第二耳挂壳体123配接时，可以组成耳挂壳体并在其内部形成容置空间120。在本实施例中，其中一个耳挂组件12的容置空间120用于收容电池组件14，如图10所示的耳挂组件12。另一个耳挂组件12的容置空间120用于收容控制电路组件15，如图11所示的耳挂组件12。在一些实施例中，一个耳挂组件12的容置空间120可以同时收容控制电路组件15和电池组件14。
在一些实施例中，耳挂连接组件122可以包括耳挂连接组件122。耳挂连接组件122的一端可以连接第一耳挂壳体121。耳挂连接组件122的另一端连接扬声器组件11。例如，在图10所示的实施例中，耳挂连接组件122的另一端插置于第一扬声器壳体111的第二通孔1111内，以和扬声器组件11接插配合。
在一些实施例中，耳挂连接组件122的另一端可以通过其他的方式与扬声器组件11连接。例如，耳挂连接组件122可以进一步包括耳挂配接件。耳挂配接件可以连接第二通孔1111和耳挂连接组件122的另一端。示例性的耳挂配接件可以为配接管。耳挂连接组件122的另一端和第二通孔 1111可以分别与配接管的两端连接实现两者的连接。
如图10所示，在一些实施例中，电池组件14可以包括电池壳体和设置于电池壳体内的电芯(图中未示出)。其中，电芯可以用于存储电量。本申请一个或多个实施例中的耳机通信系统实施例中所提及的第一NFC模块102可以贴设于电池组件14上。例如，第一NFC模块可以贴设于电池壳体上，如此可以减小声学输入输出设备10的体积，也减少第一NFC模块102与控制电路组件15之间的电磁干扰或者信号干扰等情况。
如图11所示，在一些实施例中，控制电路组件15可以包括电路板151、电源接口152、按键153、天线154等。在图2所示的实施例中，第一蓝牙模块101可以集成于控制电路组件15。控制电路组件15还可以集成有其他的电路以及元件。例如，第一蓝牙模块101可以集成于电路板151上。又例如，传感器组件17也可以集成于电路板151上。
如图11所示，本申请将以传感器组件17包括光学传感器为例进行说明，第一耳挂壳体121可以形成用于透射光学传感器的光信号的窗口1200。窗口1200可以邻近耳挂连接组件122设置，例如，设置在图11所示的第一耳挂壳体121与耳挂连接组件122的连接处附近，以使得声学输入输出设备10在被佩戴时窗口1200贴近使用者的邻近耳朵根部的位置。在一些实施例中，窗口1200的形状可以包括圆形、椭圆形、矩形、类矩形(例如，矩形的四个角为圆角)、多边形等。在一些实施例中，窗口1200的形状可以为类矩形，例如，在图11所示的实施例中，窗口1200呈跑道形设置。在一些实施例中，耳挂连接组件122的中轴线的延长线和窗口1200的长轴相交，如图11中示意性示出大致的相交关系。通过设置耳挂连接组件122的中轴线的延长线和窗口1200的长轴相交，可以使得窗口1200能够有效地贴近使用者邻近耳朵根部的位置，进而可以保证传感器组件17的灵敏性和检测的有效性。在一些实施例中，用于容置控制电路组件15的耳 挂组件12的第一耳挂壳体121可以形成上述窗口1200。
在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121需要与第二耳挂壳体123配接以组成完整的耳挂壳体。在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123可以直接连接，例如，通过粘接、焊接、铆接等方式进行连接。在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123可以通过机械结构进行连接，例如，卡扣结构、销结构等。
在一些应用场景中，声学输入输出设备10的发展趋势会朝向轻便化、体积小型化，而耳挂组件12用于容置电池组件14或者控制电路组件15以及相关的走线等，往往是声学输入输出设备10体积较大的地方，同时，耳挂组件12中的相关扣位、卡扣结构的设计会影响整个耳挂组件12的体积。为了减少耳挂组件12的体积，在一些实施例中，耳挂组件12可以包括拼接组件，拼接组件可以用于限制第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123在拼接方向和厚度方向上的运动。本实施例所提供的拼接组件在保证第一耳挂壳体121与第二耳挂壳体123的连接强度的同时，可以减少耳挂组件12的体积。本实施例提供了如下耳挂组件12的壳体结构以及拼接组件。
在一些实施例中，拼接组件可以包括第一拼接件和与第一拼接件适配的第二拼接件。第一拼接件和第二拼接件可以分别设置于第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123。当第一拼接件与第二拼接件配接时，第一耳挂壳体121可以与第二耳挂壳体123在拼接方向和厚度方向上实现相对固定。在一些实施例中，第一拼接件可以包括沿第一耳挂壳体121长度方向设置的开口方向相同的第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212，第二拼接件可以包括沿第二耳挂壳体123长度方向凸出设置且延伸方向相同的第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232，以使得第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232能够沿同一方向分别嵌入到第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212内。
具体的，第一耳挂壳体121可以形成有间隔设置的第一卡槽1211和 第二卡槽1212，第二耳挂壳体123可以形成有间隔设置的第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232，第一卡槽1211和第一卡块1231可以卡接配合，第二卡槽1212和第二卡块1232卡接配合，进而使得第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123可以卡接配合。
为了便于对拼接组件以及第一耳挂壳体121与第二耳挂壳体123的拼接细节进行描述，在一些实施例中，容置空间120可以具有相互垂直的长度方向和厚度方向。在本申请下述内容中，若无特殊注明，长度方向均指容置空间120的长度方向(如图13所示)，厚度方向均指容置空间120的厚度方向(如图13所示)，拼接方向均指第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123拼接时的运动方向，如图14所示。如图12和图13所示，在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123可以沿垂直于长度方向和厚度方向的拼接方向进行拼接，进而形成容置空间120。例如，第一耳挂壳体121可以具有第一子容置空间1210，第二耳挂壳体123可以具有第二子容置空间1230，第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123拼接后，第一子容置空间1210和第二子容置空间1230可以组合成容置空间120。
在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121沿长度方向间隔可以形成有开口方向相同或相近的第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212。例如，第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212的开口所朝向的方向是相同的。第二耳挂壳体123沿长度方向凸出设置有延伸方向相同或相近的第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232。例如，第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232在长度方向上间隔设置，且第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232的凸出方向相同，进而使得两者朝向同一方向，当第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123拼接时，可以使得第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232可以沿同一方向分别嵌入到第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212内。如图14所示，第一卡块1231可以嵌入第一卡槽1211内，第二卡块1232可以嵌入第二卡槽1212内，以限制第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂 壳体123在拼接方向和厚度方向上的相对移动。
在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201和第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202可以彼此契合，以限制第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123在长度方向相对移动。其中，第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201可以是指第一耳挂壳体121朝向第二耳挂壳体123一侧的边缘，用于和第二耳挂壳体123进行拼接，如图12所示的第一拼接边缘1201。同理，第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202可以是指第二耳挂壳体123朝向第一耳挂壳体121一侧的边缘，用于和第一耳挂壳体121进行拼接，如图13所示的第二拼接边缘1202。第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123彼此契合可以是指第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201和第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202的形状相适应，两者能够契合或者互补，进而形成一个稳定的配合结构，可以限制两者在长度方向上的相对移动。在本实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123拼接可以是指第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201和第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202大致上接触且连接。
在一些实施例中，第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232的延伸方向可以相反，即第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232分别朝向不同的方向凸起，例如，第一卡块1231沿长度方向向左延伸，第二卡块1232沿长度方向向右延伸。相应的，第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212的开口方向也相反。然而，当第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232的延伸方向相反时，第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232分别向相反的方向凸出，必然会导致第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232额外占用的空间增大。具体的，第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212为了能够使得第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232能够嵌入，也需要在长度方向上增大距离，以能够罩住第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232，也就增大了耳挂壳体的尺寸。而本实施例通过设置开口方向相同或相近的第一卡槽1211和第二卡 槽1212以及延伸方向相同或相近的第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232，可以使得第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232与第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212的配合方向是相同的。进一步的，由于第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232的延伸方向相同或相近，可以减少第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232所额外占用的体积，进而可以减小第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232和第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212配合的所占据的体积，如此可以有效地减小耳挂组件12的体积。此外，利用第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201和第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202彼此契合，可以无需设置额外的卡扣、凸起等结构，可以使得耳挂组件12结构更紧凑且减小耳挂组件12的体积。同时，通过第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232与第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212的配合能够限制第一耳挂壳体121和第一耳挂壳体121在拼接方向和厚度方向的移动，通过第一拼接边缘1201、第二拼接边缘1202的契合能够限制长度方向的位移，如此能够使得第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123的拼接更稳定，结构更可靠。
如图12所示，在一些实施例中，第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212可以分别位于第一耳挂壳体121沿长度方向上的两侧，第一卡槽1211的开口方向可以朝向容置空间120，第二卡槽1212的开口方向可以背离容置空间120。也即，第一卡槽1211的开口方向朝向第一子容置空间1210，第二卡槽1212的开口方向背离第一子容置空间1210。在一些实施例中，第一卡槽1211可以开设于第一耳挂壳体121靠近耳挂连接组件122的一侧，第二卡槽1212开设于第一耳挂壳体121远离耳挂连接组件122的一侧。
如图13所示，在一些实施例中，第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232可以分别位于第二耳挂壳体123沿长度方向上的两侧，第一卡块1231的延伸方向可以背离容置空间120，第二卡块1232的延伸方向可以朝向容置空间120内。也即，第一卡块1231的延伸方向可以背离第二子容置空间1230， 第二卡块1232的延伸方向可以朝向第二子容置空间1230。相应地，第一卡块1231可以设置于第二耳挂壳体123靠近耳挂连接组件122的一侧，第二卡块1232可以设置于第二耳挂壳体123远离耳挂连接组件122的一侧。由于第二卡块1232向容置空间120内凸出延伸，相对于向容置空间120外凸出延伸而言，不需要占据额外的空间，能够节省了相应的空间，第二卡槽1212在配合时位于第二卡块1232延伸方向的前方，两者嵌入配合，也能够减小耳挂组件12的体积。
需要说明的是，对于第一卡槽1211、第二卡槽1212、第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232的设置位置以及具体设置形式本申请不作具体限制。例如，第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232的延伸方向可以均沿长度方向向右延伸，相应的，第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212的卡扣方向需要与之对应。诸如此类的变形都在本申请的保护范围内。
在一些实施例中，当第一卡块1231、第二卡块1232分别与第一卡槽1211和第二卡槽1212配接时，由于第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232的延伸方向相同或相近，因此对于其中一个耳挂壳体(例如，第二耳挂壳体123)而言，只能限制其在第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232延伸方向上的移动。例如，在图14所示的实施例中，第一卡块1231和第二卡块1232均沿长度方向向左延伸，当第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123配接时，第二耳挂壳体123无法相对第一耳挂壳体121沿长度方向向左移动。然而，第二耳挂壳体123可以沿长度方向向右移动。因此，仅依靠卡块与卡槽的配合无法完全限制第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123的相对运动。
在一些实施例中，第一拼接件可以进一步包括设置在第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201的第一止挡部1213。第二拼接件可以进一步包括设置在第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202第二止挡部1234。第一止挡部1213和第二止挡部1234可以彼此契合，以限制第一耳挂壳体121和 第二耳挂壳体123在长度方向上的相对移动。其中，第一止挡部1213和第二止挡部1234彼此契合可以是指第一止挡部1213和第二止挡部1234的形状相适应，两者能够契合或者互补，进而形成一个稳定的配合结构，可以限制第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123在长度方向上的相对移动。例如，第一止挡部1213为第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201所形成的开口部，第二止挡部1234为第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202形成的凸出部，开口部和凸出部的外形相适应，能够彼此契合，进而使得第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201和第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202可以互补，以限制两者在长度方向的相对移动。在一些实施例中，开口部可以为凹槽，凸出部可以为与凹槽适配的凸起，凸起能够与凹槽配合限制第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123在长度方向的相对移动。
需要说明的是，本申请对于第一止挡部1213和第二止挡部1234的具体结构和设置位置不做具体限定。仅为描述方便，并不能把本说明书的一个或多个实施例限制在所举实施例范围之内。可以理解，对于本领域的技术人员来说，在了解该第一止挡部1213和第二止挡部1234的原理后，可能在不背离这一原理的情况下进行改进。例如，第一止挡部1213为第一耳挂壳体121的第一拼接边缘1201所形成的凸出部，第二止挡部1234为第二耳挂壳体123的第二拼接边缘1202所形成的开口部。
在本申请一个或多个实施例中，第一卡槽1211的开口方向是朝向容置空间120的，如果直接在第一子容置空间1210内形成第一卡槽1211，在利用相应模具形成第一子容置空间1210和第一卡槽1211的过程中，形成第一子容置空间1210的拔模方向和形成第一卡槽1211的拔模方向可能会相互干扰，由于第一卡槽1211的拔模方向是在第一子容置空间1210内，还可以与其他结构的拔模方向产生冲突，给生产上带来较大的困难。因此，本实施例设计了如下结构，以降低生产和制造难度。
如图15所示，在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121可以开设有从容置空间120外到容置空间120内的方向上彼此连通的外侧孔段1215和内侧孔段1216。也即，外侧孔段1215的开口方向背向容置空间120，内侧孔段1216的开口方向朝向容置空间120，外侧孔段1215和内侧孔段1216连通。在一些实施例中，内侧孔段1216和外侧孔段1215的开口形状可以包括矩形、三角形、圆形等形状，本申请对此不做具体限定。
在一些实施例中，外侧孔段1215内可以填设有填充件1217。填充件1217可以包括但不限于塑料件、金属件、橡胶件等。例如，填充件可以是硬胶。当外侧孔段1215被填充封堵后，内侧孔段1216就可以作为第一卡槽1211，内侧孔段1216的开口方向朝向容置空间120，因此可以和第一卡块1231进行配合。
在实际的制造过程中，可以从第一耳挂壳体121外到第一耳挂壳体121内，依次形成有外侧孔段1215和内侧孔段1216。由于外侧孔段1215和内侧孔段1216的拔模方向不需要在第一子容置空间1210内进行，而是在第一耳挂壳体121外，接着再使用填充件1217填充外侧孔段1215，使得剩下的内侧孔段1216可以作为第一卡槽1211，进而有效地减低制造难度和制造的复杂性，节省成本。
在一些实施例中，外侧孔段1215垂直于外侧孔段1215和内侧孔段1216的连通方向的横截面积大于内侧孔段1216垂直于外侧孔段1215和内侧孔段1216的连通方向的横截面积。由于外侧孔段1215相应的横截面积大于内侧孔段1216相应的横截面积，可以便于在外侧孔段1215内填设填充件1217，进而可以具有更好的封堵效果，进而更快速地形成第一卡槽1211。
本实施例的耳挂组件12的制造方法的示例性描述如下：
步骤S100：以注塑方式形成第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123， 并在第一耳挂壳体121从第一耳挂壳体121外到第一耳挂壳体121内形成彼此连通的外侧孔段1215和内侧孔段1216，在第二耳挂壳体123上形成第一卡块1231。
步骤S200：在外侧孔段1215内填设填充件1217，并利用内侧孔段1216作为第一卡槽1211。
可选地，以注塑的方式在外侧孔段1215内填设填充件1217。
在一些实施例中，为了对第一耳挂壳体121进行保护，可以在S200之后对第一耳挂壳体121包覆耳挂弹性覆层1223，具体如下：
步骤S210：以注塑方式在第一耳挂壳体121外包覆耳挂弹性覆层1223，且覆盖外侧孔段1215。
耳挂弹性覆层1223可以是指耳挂组件12的用于与用户接触的部分。在耳挂组件12表面设置耳挂弹性覆层1223可以提高用户的佩戴骨传导耳机的舒适度，提高用户体验。关于耳挂弹性覆层1223的更多细节可以参见本申请的其他实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。
步骤S300：通过第一卡槽1211和第一卡块1231的卡接配合，以拼接第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123。
对于上述耳挂组件12的其他结构中的成型方法和步骤，可以基于上述耳挂组件12的具体结构的基础上利用现有的成型方法可以制造，在此不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，耳挂组件12的容置空间120收容了骨传导耳机的其他元器件，例如，电池组件14、控制电路组件15等。为了便于用户对骨传导耳机进行控制，在耳挂壳体上还设置有与元器件相关的按键结构。例如，耳挂壳体上设置有与电池组件14电连接的电源插孔1233，用户可以通过电源插孔1233对电池组件14进行充电。又例如，耳挂壳体上设置有与控制电路组件15电连接的按键孔1235，在按键孔1235中可以设置与控制 电路组件15电连接的控制按钮，例如，音量按钮、暂停/开始按钮，用户可以通过控制按钮对骨传导耳机进行控制。
为了能够更好地减小耳挂组件12的体积，可以对容置空间120内的元器件的位置进行设计，进而可以使得容置空间120能够被有效地压缩，进而可以减小耳挂壳体的体积。
在一些实施例中，如果声学输入输出设备10的电源插孔1233等设置于第二耳挂壳体123远离第一耳挂壳体121的底壁1112的一侧，会增大耳挂组件12的体积。为了能够有效地减小耳挂组件12的体积，本申请一个或多个实施例将对电源插孔1233的设置位置进行调整，具体如下：
如图12至图14所示，在一些实施例中，耳挂壳体可以包括与用户接触的壳体面板、背离用户的壳体背板以及连接壳体面板和壳体背板的若干壳体侧板，按键孔1235和电源插孔1233分别开设于所述若干壳体侧板中不同的壳体侧板上。
在一些实施例中，耳挂壳体可以具有不同的形状，例如，耳挂壳体可以是球体、椭圆球体、长方体、类长方体(即长方体的8个角为圆角)、棱柱体等。在一些实施例中，当第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123拼接时，可以形成如图14所示的形状。
在一些实施例中，第二耳挂壳体123远离耳挂连接组件122的部分壳体(即图14中拼接方向下方的壳体侧板)开设有电源插孔1233。电源插孔1233可以连通容置空间120，电源插孔1233可以用于容置电源接口152，通过电源接口可以对电池组件14进行充电。在一些实施例中，第二耳挂壳体123也可以具有壳体底部和壳体侧部，壳体侧部环绕连接壳体底部，以形成第二子容置空间1230。其中，壳体底部是指图14中拼接方向下方的壳体侧板。壳体侧部可以作为耳挂壳体的一部分壳体侧板(即处于拼接方向上的部分壳体侧板)。壳体侧部远离壳体底部的一侧边缘则作为与第一耳 挂壳体121进行拼接的第二拼接边缘1202。
在一些实施例中，按键孔1235和电源插孔1233可以开设于不同的壳体侧板上。这里所说的不同的壳体侧板可以理解为不同方向上的壳体侧板。例如，在图14所示的实施例中，按键孔1235和电源插孔1233分别开设于拼接方向下方的壳体侧板(也即壳体底部)和长度方向右侧的壳体侧板(即壳体侧部)。
在一些实施例中，电源插孔1233可以开设于壳体侧部，连通第二子容置空间1230，也即连通容置空间120。
如图14所示，在一些实施例中，第二卡块1232可以邻近电源插孔1233设置。也即，第二卡块1232凸出设置于第二耳挂壳体123远离耳挂连接组件122的部分壳体，且朝向容置空间120内延伸。在本实施例中，第二卡块1232相较于电源插孔1233更靠近容置空间120，即，第二卡块1232相较于电源插孔1233更靠近耳挂连接组件122。
在一些实施例中，第二卡块1232和电源插孔1233在垂直于长度方向的第一基准面上的投影彼此重叠。在本实施例中，彼此重叠包括部分重叠(也即，重叠的部分是第二卡块1232投影的一部分，也是电源插孔1233投影的一部分)，也包括全部重叠(也即第二卡块1232的投影完全落入到电源插孔1233的投影内)。在本实施例中，以垂直于长度方向的平面作为第一基准面，第二卡块1232在第一基准面上的投影位于电源插孔1233在第一基准面上的投影内，也即两者的投影范围全部重叠。如此设置第二卡块1232和电源插孔1233的位置，可以在不影响电源接口152的安装的情况下使得第二耳挂壳体123的结构紧凑，减小耳挂组件12的体积。
在一些实施例中，第二卡块1232和电源插孔1233在垂直于拼接方向的第二基准面上的投影彼此重叠。此处的彼此重叠也同样是包括部分重叠，也包括全部重叠。在本实施例中，以垂直于拼接方向的平面作为第二 基准面，第二卡块1232在第二基准面上的投影也位于电源插孔1233在第二基准面上的投影内，也即两者的投影范围也全部重叠。如此可以使得第二卡块1232和电源插孔1233无论是在拼接方向还是长度方向上结构安排都比较紧凑，能够较大地节省电源插孔1233和第二卡块1232所占用的空间，以提升耳挂组件12的结构紧凑性。
需要说明的是，本申请对于电源插孔1233和按键孔1235的设置位置不做具体限定。例如，除上述实施例描述的设置位置外，电源插孔1233可以开设在耳挂壳体的拼接方向上方的壳体侧板上，而按键孔1235可以开设于拼接方向下方的壳体侧板。又例如，电源插孔1233可以开设在耳挂壳体的拼接方向下方的壳体侧板上，而按键孔1235可以开设于长度方向左侧的壳体侧板。
在一些实施例中，除壳体侧板之外，按键孔1235或者电源插孔1233也可以开设在壳体背板上。例如，按键孔1235和电源插孔1233分别开设于壳体侧板以及壳体背板上。具体的，按键孔1235可以开设于拼接方向下方的壳体侧板，电源插孔1233可以开设于壳体背板上。
在工业等生产制造领域使用声学输入输出设备10，对于声学输入输出设备10的操控体验有极大的要求，将电源插孔1233与按键孔1235设置在不同位置可以提高声学输入输出设备10的操作体验，原因如下：
在一些实施例中，声学输入输出设备10一般会具有音量按键153等。按键153等对应的按键孔1235和电源插孔1233一般会开设第二耳挂壳体123的壳体底部，也即第二耳挂壳体123远离第一耳挂壳体121的部分壳体。由于壳体底部的面积比较受限，因此按键孔1235和电源插孔1233之间比较紧凑，按键孔1235和电源插孔1233尽可能不多占地方。在一些应用场景中，佩戴者可能穿着工作服或者手套等，按键孔1235较小，排列太紧凑，会导致佩戴者的操控体验下降，极容易导致误操控。而本实施例不 在壳体底部上开设电源插孔1233，而是在壳体侧部上开设电源插孔1233，使得按键孔1235可以设计得较大，相互之间排列可以较为宽松，可以便于使用者进行操作，减少误操控的发生。
在一些实施例中，如果将第二卡块1232设置于第二耳挂壳体123邻近电源插孔1233且朝向第一耳挂壳体121的顶部位置(如图13所示的连接第二卡块1232的平台区域，也即第二卡块1232可以视为从该平台区域往拼接方向向上延伸形成的)，会挤压第一耳挂壳体121的接插孔1218(如图18所示)的空间，进而会影响到耳挂组件12和骨传导耳机其他的组件(后挂组件13)之间的接插配合，第二卡块1232需要占据额外的空间，会使得第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123在拼接方向上的拼接占据较大的空间，不够紧凑。因此，本申请一个或多个实施例中通过将电源插孔1233设置于第二耳挂壳体123的壳体底部，以及以上述投影关系设置第二卡块1232和电源插孔1233之间结构关系，使得第二耳挂壳体123在拼接方向上结构更紧凑，第二卡块1232朝向容置空间120内延伸，可以不用占据额外的空间，进而可以将耳挂壳体12的体积小型化。
为了能够减少声学输入输出设备10的故障率，不仅需要保证结构的稳定性，也需要保证电气连接的稳定性。声学输入输出设备10内的导线组(例如，拾音组件16的导线组、扬声器组件的导线组)在拾音组件16、扬声器组件11、耳挂组件12之间走线，走线的稳定性关系到骨传导耳机的可靠性。为了提高走线的可靠性，在一些实施例中，耳挂连接组件122可以包括耳挂连接件和卡线部，耳挂连接件可以开设有引线通道，引线通道可以用于穿引扬声器组件11引出的引线组，卡线部可以用于在引线组的径向上卡止引线组，限制引线组的移动，提高骨传导耳机的可靠性。
在一些实施例中，耳挂连接件远离耳挂壳体一端可以设置有接头部1222。如图15和图16所示，在一些实施中，卡线部可以包括第一卡线部 1224和第二卡线部1219，接头部1222可以设置有第一卡线部1224，第一耳挂壳体121可以设置有第二卡线部1219，经扬声器组件11引出的引线组能够依次经第一卡线部1224以及第二卡线部1219进入到容置空间120内。第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219用于在引线组的径向上卡止引线组，如此可以减少引线组在其径向上的晃动。
在一些实施例中，第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219所卡止的引线组可以是在耳挂组件12制备过程中所使用的辅助钛丝等附加部件。具体地，在耳挂组件12制备过程中，需要使用辅助钛丝在耳挂弹性覆层1223内形成引线通道。因此，在制备过程中将辅助钛丝依次穿引第一卡线部1224、第二卡线部1219以及进入到容置空间120内。在制备完成后，抽出辅助钛丝即可形成连通收容空间110和容置空间120的引线通道。第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219可以保持辅助钛丝的稳定，减少辅助钛丝的晃动，以便能够使得形成引线通道符合质量要求，提高良品率。
在一些实施例中，引线通道(图中未示出)可以和耳挂弹性金属丝1221并列设置于耳挂弹性覆层1223内。
在一些实施例中，第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219所卡止的引线组可以是在形成引线通道后所穿引的用于进行电连接的导线组(例如，拾音组件16的导线组)。也即，经扬声器组件11引出的导线组经第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219进入到容置空间120内与容置空间120内的元器件(例如，电池组件14、控制电路组件15)进行电连接。可以理解的是，引线组在进入引线通道前和引线通道后也需要减少晃动，如此可以提高引线效率。此外，由于耳挂组件12是用于挂设于人耳，一般会呈弧状设置，经过耳挂组件12的引线组往往容易产生晃动或产生移动等，第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219可以减少引线组的晃动。
需要说明的是，卡线部可以与前述一个或多个实施例进行结合。例 如，如果扬声器组件11还连接有棍咪组件(即连接件181和拾音组件16)，那么经扬声器组件11引出的引线组可以包括扬声器113的导线组和拾音组件16的导线组。如果扬声器组件11没有连接棍咪组件，那么经扬声器组件11引出的引线组则包括扬声器113的导线组。
本实施例通过在接头部1222和第一耳挂壳体121上分别设置第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219，一方面能够在制备过程中卡止辅助钛丝相对于第一耳挂壳体121和接头部1222的移动，提高耳挂组件12的良品率，另一方面能够卡止引线组在其径向上的移动，进而减少引线组产生的晃动，使得引线组穿引效率更高，也能够使得引线组在实际产品中的结构能够更稳定，进而可以保证电连接的稳定性。
在一些实施例中，第一卡线部1224可以具有在厚度方向上间隔排列的两个第一子卡线部12241。如图16所示，两个第一子卡线部12241在引线组的长度方向上彼此错开。两个第一子卡线部12241可以在引线组经过两个第一子卡线部12241之间时在厚度方向上卡止引线组，进而可以限制引线组在厚度方向上的移动。
在一些实施例中，两个第一子卡线部12241在引线组的长度方向上的延伸长度不同。例如，靠近第二卡线部1219的第一卡线部1224在引线组的长度方向上的延伸长度大于远离第二卡线部1219的第一卡线部1224在引线组的长度方向上的延伸长度。
第二卡线部1219可以具有在厚度方向上间隔排列的两个第二子卡线部12191，两个第二子卡线部12191相对设置。两个第二子卡线部12191可以在引线组经过两个第二子卡线部12191之间时在厚度方向上卡止引线组，进而可以限制其在厚度方向上的移动。
需要说明的是，本申请对于第一子卡线部12241和第二子卡线部12191的数量不做限定，例如，第一子卡线部12241和第二子卡线部12191 的数量可以为一个、三个、四个等。
在一些实施例中，第一卡线部1224可以是在接头部1222凹陷形成，第二卡线部1219可以是在第一耳挂壳体121上凹陷形成的，如此使得引线组在第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219可以被看到，进而可以减少引线组穿引在不可见区域的距离，便于对引线组的穿引，提高引线效率。在一些实施例中，第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219可以是中空结构，引线组可以从第一卡线部1224和第二卡线部1219的内部穿过。
在一些实施例中，当耳挂组件12与扬声器组件11连接时，接头部1222需要与第二通孔1111进行配接。关于接头部1222与第二通孔1111的连接的更多细节可以参见本申请其他实施例的描述。
在一些实施例中，为了便于接头部1222接插于第一扬声器壳体111的第二通孔1111内，以及增强两者之间的连接稳定性，如图16所示，接头部1222的端部12221可以形成有彼此交叉的两个通槽1225，以将端部12221分割成的四个子端部。通过设置两个彼此交叉的两个通槽1225将端部12221分割成四个子端部，使得四个子端部能够被挤压且可以弹性恢复。在将接头部1222插入第二通孔1111内时，四个子端部能够被挤压而相互靠拢，使得子端部变小便于将接头部1222插入到第二通孔1111内。需要说明的是，本申请对于子端部的数量不做限定，子端部的数量可以为两个、三个、五个等。
在一些实施例中，子端部的外周可以凸出设置有凸起1226。接头部1222可以插接于扬声器组件11内且凸起1226被扬声器组件11卡止限位，以限制接头部1222往远离扬声器组件11上的移动。具体地，接头部1222插入到第二通孔1111内后，四个子端部弹性回复，进而可以使得子端部外周的凸起1226被扬声器组件11卡止限位，具体的，凸起1226可以位于收容空间110内，凸起1226可以卡止于第二通孔1111和收容空间110的连 通处的边缘。如此可以提高耳挂组件12和扬声器组件11的连接可靠性。
在一些实施例中，耳挂连接组件122可以进一步包括耳挂弹性金属丝1221，耳挂弹性金属丝1221一端设置有接头部1222。
在一些实施例中，耳挂弹性金属丝1221的材料可以为弹簧钢、钛等，耳挂弹性金属丝的材料可以为镍钛合金。
为了保护耳挂弹性金属丝1221，耳挂连接组件122也可以包括至少包覆于耳挂弹性金属丝1221的外周的耳挂弹性覆层1223(如图12所示)。当然，耳挂弹性金属丝1221还可以进一步包覆第一耳挂壳体121。接头部1222用于与扬声器组件11进行接插配合。耳挂弹性金属丝1221的另一端连接第一耳挂壳体121。
需要说明的是，耳挂弹性覆层1223与前述一个或多个实施例中的弹性覆层均可以用于指代骨传导耳机与用户接触的部分，因此耳挂弹性覆层1223的设置形式可以与弹性覆层183相同或相似。在一些实施例中，耳挂弹性覆层1223和弹性覆层183可以采用相同的材料制作。例如，耳挂弹性覆层的1223材料可以为硅胶、橡胶、塑胶等。在一些实施例中，耳挂弹性覆层1223的弹性模量可以为0.5Gpa～2Gpa。进一步的，弹性覆层的弹性模量为0.8Gpa～1.5Gpa。进一步地，弹性覆层的弹性模量为1.2Gpa～1.4Gpa。
在一些实施例中，耳挂弹性覆层1223可以仅包覆耳挂弹性金属丝1221。在一些实施例中，耳挂弹性覆层1223还可以进一步包覆第一耳挂壳体121和第二耳挂壳体123。在一些实施例中，耳挂弹性覆层1223可以覆盖第二卡线部1219。在一些实施例中，可以使得电源插孔1233、按键孔1235等裸露便于用户进行操作(例如，利用电源插孔1233进行充电)。在一些实施例中，耳挂弹性覆层1223还可以包覆至少部分的接头部1222，可以覆盖第一卡线部1224。
在一些实施例中，声学输入输出设备10可以进一步包括后挂组件13，后挂组件13可以与耳挂组件12连接用于保持声学输入输出设备10与用户的后脑头部稳定接触。例如，以图3所示的骨传导耳机为例，当用户佩戴骨传导耳机时，后挂组件位于用户的后脑。后挂组件可以使与之连接的两个耳挂组件12稳定地与用户耳部接触。
在一些实施例中，后挂组件13可以包括后挂连接件和设置于后挂连接件两端的插置部133，插置部133可以用于保持后挂连接件与耳挂组件12的稳定连接。
在一些实施例中，如图17所示，后挂连接件可以包括后挂弹性金属丝131、包覆在后挂弹性金属丝131上的后挂弹性覆层132以及设置于后挂弹性金属丝131两端的插置部133。后挂弹性覆层132还可以包覆至少部分插置部133。
插置部133用于与耳挂组件12接插配合。在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121远离耳挂连接组件122的一侧开设有连通容置空间120的接插孔1218(如图18所示)。接插孔1218和第二卡槽1212相邻设置。插置部133可以和接插孔1218接插配合。至少一个插置部133在其长度方向上可以间隔开设有两组开槽1331。也即，至少一个插置部133在插置部133的长度方向上间隔开设有两组开槽1331，每组开槽1331包括至少一个开槽1331。后挂弹性金属丝131经插置部133的一端插置于插置部133内。一组开槽1331邻近插置部133，另一组开槽1331位于远离插置部133的一端。
在一些实施例中，从插置部133的一端到插置部133的另一端的方向上，可以依次开设有上述两组开槽1331。其中，靠近插置部133的一端的开槽1331可以用于进行模具定位。远离插置部133的一端的开槽1331可以用于与第一耳挂壳体121进行卡接配合。
在一些实施例中，两组开槽1331可以分为第一组开槽1331和第二组开槽1331。第一组开槽1331可以设置在远离插置部133的一端，并用于和耳挂组件12进行卡接配合。如图17和18所示，在一些实施例中，第一耳挂壳体121凸出设置有卡接部12181。例如，第一耳挂壳体121的接插孔1218内凸出设置有卡接部12181。插置部133插接于接插孔1218内且卡接部12181嵌入第一组开槽1331内，进而限制耳挂组件12和后挂组件13的相对移动。
在一些实施例中，第二组开槽1331可以设置在靠近插置部133的一端，并用于模具定位。也即，第二组开槽1331可以用于和模具上相应的凸出结构进行配合，进而将插置部133精确地固定于某个位置，进而能够对其进行其他的工序，提升良品率。例如，利用第二组开槽1331对插置部133和后挂弹性金属丝131进行定位，进而可以通过注塑方式形成后挂弹性覆层132。
在一些实施例中，开槽1331自插置部133位于其中轴线两侧的边缘可以往中轴线方向延伸设置。
在一些实施例，每组开槽中的开槽数量可以相同或不同。如图17所示，在一些实施例中，每组开槽1331可以包括两个开槽1331，每组的两个开槽1331相背设置。在一些实施例中，第一组开槽1331的开槽1331的数量为一个，第二组开槽1331的数量为两个。
需要说明的是，头戴式耳机仅作为示例性说明，本申请的声学输入输出设备10的具体形式可以不仅限于耳机，例如，声学输入输出设备10可以为眼镜，例如骑行眼镜、音乐眼镜、AR(AugmentedReality)眼镜、VR(VirtualReality)眼镜。又例如，声学输入输出设备10可以为助听器。
上文已对基本概念做了描述，显然，对于本领域技术人员来说，上述详细披露仅仅作为示例，而并不构成对本申请的限定。虽然此处并没有明 确说明，本领域技术人员可能会对本申请进行各种修改、改进和修正。该类修改、改进和修正在本申请中被建议，所以该类修改、改进、修正仍属于本申请示范实施例的精神和范围。
同时，本申请使用了特定词语来描述本申请的实施例。如“一个实施例”、“一实施例”和/或“一些实施例”意指与本申请至少一个实施例相关的某一特征、结构或特点。因此，应强调并注意的是，本说明书中在不同位置两次或多次提及的“一实施例”或“一个实施例”或“一替代性实施例”并不一定是指同一实施例。此外，本申请的一个或多个实施例中的某些特征、结构或特点可以进行适当的组合。
此外，本领域技术人员可以理解，本申请的各方面可以通过若干具有可专利性的种类或情况进行说明和描述，包括任何新的和有用的工序、机器、产品或物质的组合或对他们的任何新的和有用的改进。相应地，本申请的各个方面可以完全由硬件执行、可以完全由软件(包括固件、常驻软件、微码等)执行、也可以由硬件和软件组合执行。以上硬件或软件均可被称为“数据块”、“模块”、“引擎”、“单元”、“组件”或“系统”。此外，本申请的各方面可能表现为位于一个或多个计算机可读介质中的计算机产品，该产品包括计算机可读程序编码。
此外，除非权利要求中明确说明，本申请所述处理元素和序列的顺序、数字字母的使用或其他名称的使用，并非用于限定本申请流程和方法的顺序。尽管上述披露中通过各种示例讨论了一些目前认为有用的发明实施例，但应当理解的是，该类细节仅起到说明的目的，附加的权利要求并不仅限于披露的实施例，相反，权利要求旨在覆盖所有符合本申请实施例实质和范围的修正和等价组合。例如，虽然以上所描述的系统组件可以通过硬件设备实现，但是也可以只通过软件的解决方案得以实现，如在现有的服务器或移动设备上安装所描述的系统。
同理，应当注意的是，为了简化本申请披露的表述，从而帮助对一个或多个发明实施例的理解，前文对本申请实施例的描述中，有时会将多种特征归并至一个实施例、附图或对其的描述中。但是，这种披露方法并不意味着本申请对象所需要的特征比权利要求中提及的特征多。实际上，实施例的特征要少于上述披露的单个实施例的全部特征。
一些实施例中使用了描述成分、属性数量的数字，应当理解的是，此类用于实施例描述的数字，在一些示例中使用了修饰词“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”等来修饰。除非另外说明，“大约”、“近似”或“大体上”表明所述数字允许有±20％的变化。相应地，在一些实施例中，说明书和权利要求中使用的数值数据均为近似值，该近似值根据个别实施例所需特点可以发生改变。在一些实施例中，数值数据应考虑规定的有效数位并采用一般位数保留的方法。尽管本申请一些实施例中用于确认其范围广度的数值域和数据为近似值，在具体实施例中，此类数值的设定在可行范围内尽可能精确。
最后，应当理解的是，本申请中所述实施例仅用以说明本申请实施例的原则。其他的变形也可能属于本申请的范围。因此，作为示例而非限制，本申请实施例的替代配置可视为与本申请的教导一致。相应地，本申请的实施例不仅限于本申请明确介绍和描述的实施例。

Claims (46)

  1. 一种声学输入输出设备，包括：
    扬声器组件；
    拾音组件，所述拾音组件用于拾取声音信号；
    连接组件，包括弹性件，所述弹性件的第一端连接所述扬声器组件，所述弹性件的第二端连接所述拾音组件；其中
    所述弹性件被配置为使得所述扬声器组件所产生的语音频段的振动从所述弹性件的第一端传递到所述弹性件的第二端时的平均振幅衰减率不小于35％。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输入输出设备，所述弹性件包括弹性金属丝，以及连接于所述弹性金属丝两端的接插部，其中一个所述接插部用于与所述拾音组件接插配合，另外一个所述接插部用于与所述扬声器组件接插配合。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的声学输入输出设备，所述弹性金属丝的弹性模量为70GPa～90GPa。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输入输出设备，所述连接组件进一步包括包覆于所述弹性件外周的弹性覆层。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的声学输入输出设备，所述弹性覆层的弹性模 量为0.8Gpa～2Gpa。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的声学输入输出设备，所述扬声器组件包括第一扬声器壳体、第二扬声器壳体和扬声器；所述第一扬声器壳体和所述第二扬声器壳体配接，以形成用于收容所述扬声器的收容空间，所述第一扬声器壳体开设有间隔设置的第一通孔和第二通孔，所述第一通孔和所述第二通孔均连通所述收容空间；所述拾音组件的导线组能够穿入所述第一通孔，并经所述收容空间穿至所述第二通孔。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的声学输入输出设备，所述扬声器组件进一步包括导线固定组件，以用于固定经所述第一通孔穿引至所述第二通孔的所述拾音组件的导线组。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的声学输入输出设备，所述导线固定组件包括压持件，所述压持件设置于所述收容空间内，所述压持件用于接触所述拾音组件的导线组以减小所述拾音组件的导线组的振动幅度。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的声学输入输出设备，所述压持件包括第一压持件，所述第一压持件覆盖所述第一通孔。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的声学输入输出设备，所述压持件进一步包括第二压持件，所述第一压持件和所述第二压持件为片状构件，所述第一 压持件和所述第二压持件层叠设置，所述第二压持件相较于所述第一压持件远离所述第一通孔，所述第二压持件的硬度大于所述第一压持件的硬度。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的声学输入输出设备，所述扬声器组件进一步包括间隔设置于所述第一扬声器壳体的多个定位件，所述第一压持件和所述第二压持件通过所述多个定位件固定于所述第一扬声器壳体。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的声学输入输出设备，所述定位件为设置于所述第一通孔的外围的往所述收容空间内延伸的凸柱。
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的声学输入输出设备，所述第二压持件与所述多个定位件固定连接，所述第一压持件被固定于所述多个定位件之间。
  14. 根据权利要求6所述的声学输入输出设备，所述第一扬声器壳体包括相互连接的底壁和侧壁，所述侧壁环绕连接所述底壁，所述第二扬声器壳体盖设于所述侧壁远离所述底壁的一侧，以形成所述收容空间，所述第一通孔形成于所述底壁，所述第二通孔形成于所述侧壁。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的声学输入输出设备，所述底壁具有背离所述收容空间凸起的第一凸部，所述第一通孔形成于所述第一凸部，所述侧壁具有背离所述收容空间凸起的第二凸部，所述第二通孔形成于所述第二凸部。
  16. 根据权利要求6所述的声学输入输出设备，所述拾音组件相对所述扬声器组件可转动。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的声学输入输出设备，所述连接组件进一步包括转动件，所述转动件可转动地与所述第一通孔配接，所述拾音组件与所述转动件连接以能够相对于所述第一扬声器壳体转动。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的声学输入输出设备，所述转动件包括相互连接的引线部和转动部，所述转动部嵌设于所述第一通孔内，所述拾音组件与所述引线部连接，以使得所述拾音组件的导线组能够穿过所述引线部，经由所述转动部穿入所述第一通孔。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的声学输入输出设备，沿所述转动部的周向设置有阻尼槽；所述连接组件进一步包括设置于所述阻尼槽内的阻尼件，所述阻尼件能够与所述第一通孔的内周壁接触，以通过接触摩擦为所述转动部提供转动阻尼。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的声学输入输出设备，所述转动部包括转动主体以及沿所述转动主体的径向凸出设置于所述转动主体两端的第一卡止部和第二卡止部，所述转动主体嵌设于所述第一通孔内，所述第一卡止部和所述第二卡止部分别与所述第一扬声器壳体的两侧抵接，以限制所述转 动部沿轴向方向相对所述第一扬声器壳体移动，所述阻尼槽形成与所述第一卡止部和所述第二卡止部之间。
  21. 根据权利要求18所述的声学输入输出设备，所述连接组件进一步包括转动限位结构，所述转动限位结构用于限制所述转动部相对所述第一扬声器壳体的转动范围。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的声学输入输出设备，所述转动限位结构包括在所述转动部上沿周向设置的限位槽以及设置于所述第一通孔的内周壁的与所述限位槽适配的限位件；
    当所述转动部相对所述第一扬声器壳体转动时，所述限位件能够抵接所述限位槽的两端，以限制所述转动部继续转动。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的声学输入输出设备，所述限位槽呈开环状设置。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的声学输入输出设备，所述转动部的转动范围为0度～270度。
  25. 根据权利要求18所述的声学输入输出设备，所述引线部开设有第一孔段，所述转动部开设有第二孔段，所述第一孔段和所述第二孔段连通，所述拾音组件与所述第一孔段配接，所述拾音组件的导线组穿过所述第一 孔段，经由所述第二孔段穿至所述第一通孔。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的声学输入输出设备，所述扬声器组件进一步包括用于限制所述拾音组件相对所述转动件移动的固定组件。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的声学输入输出设备，所述固定件包括固定主体，所述固定主体能够插置于所述第二孔段内与所述弹性件的第一端配接以限制所述弹性件相对所述转动件移动。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的声学输入输出设备，所述固定件进一步包括设置于所述固定主体一端的固定连接部，所述弹性件的第一端开设有固定配接部；所述固定连接部能够与所述固定配接部配接。
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的声学输入输出设备，所述转动部远离所述引线部的一端形成有缺口，所述缺口连通所述第二孔段，所述固定件进一步包括凸出设置于所述固定主体外周的凸台，所述凸台能够嵌入到所述缺口以填补所述缺口。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的声学输入输出设备，所述缺口的数量为至少两个，并沿所述转动部的周向将所述转动部划分成彼此间隔的至少两个子部件。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的声学输入输出设备，所述缺口的数量为两个且彼此相对设置，所述凸台的数量相应为两个且彼此相背，两个所述凸台对应嵌入到两个所述缺口，以使得所述固定件支撑于两个所述子部件之间。
  32. 根据权利要求6所述的声学输入输出设备，所述声学输入输出设备进一步包括至少一个耳挂组件，所述耳挂组件与所述扬声器组件连接用于保持所述扬声器组件与所述用户的耳部稳定接触。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的声学输入输出设备，所述至少一个耳挂组件包括耳挂连接组件和耳挂壳体；所述耳挂连接组件连接所述第二通孔和所述耳挂壳体，所述耳挂壳体具有用于收容电池组件、控制电路组件中至少一个的容置空间；所述拾音组件的导线组能够穿过所述第二通孔，经由所述耳挂连接组件穿入所述容置空间。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的声学输入输出设备，所述耳挂壳体包括第一耳挂壳体和与所述第一耳挂壳体适配的第二耳挂壳体，当所述第一耳挂壳体与所述第二耳挂壳体配接时，能够形成所述容置空间。
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的声学输入输出设备，所述耳挂组件包括拼接组件，所述拼接组件用于限制所述第一耳挂壳体和所述第二耳挂壳体在拼接方向和厚度方向上的运动。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的声学输入输出设备，所述拼接组件包括第一拼接件和与所述第一配接件适配的第二拼接件，所述第一拼接件和所述第二拼接件分别设置于所述第一耳挂壳体和所述第二耳挂壳体，当所述第一拼接件与所述第二拼接件配接时，所述第一耳挂壳体与所述第二耳挂壳体在拼接方向和厚度方向上相对固定。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的声学输入输出设备，所述第一拼接件包括沿所述第一耳挂壳体长度方向设置的开口方向相同的第一卡槽和第二卡槽，所述第二拼接件包括沿所述第二耳挂壳体长度方向凸出设置且延伸方向相同的第一卡块和第二卡块，以使得所述第一卡块和所述第二卡块能够沿同一方向分别嵌入到所述第一卡槽和所述第二卡槽内。
  38. 根据权利要求36所述的声学输入输出设备，所述第一拼接件进一步包括设置在第一耳挂壳体的第一拼接边缘的第一止挡部，所述第二拼接件进一步包括设置在所述第二耳挂壳体的第二拼接边缘的第二止挡部，所述第一止挡部能够与所述第二止挡部抵接以限制所述第一耳挂壳体和所述第二耳挂壳体在长度方向上的相对移动。
  39. 根据权利要求33所述的声学输入输出设备，所述耳挂壳体开设有按键孔和电源插孔。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的声学输入输出设备，所述耳挂壳体包括与用户接触的壳体面板、背离用户的壳体背板以及连接所述壳体面板和所述壳体背板的若干壳体侧板，所述按键孔和所述电源插孔分别开设于所述若干壳体侧板中不同的壳体侧板上。
  41. 根据权利要求34所述的声学输入输出设备，所述耳挂连接组件包括耳挂连接件和卡线部，所述耳挂连接件开设有引线通道，所述引线通道用于穿引所述扬声器组件引出的引线组，所述卡线部用于在所述引线组的径向上卡止所述引线组。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的声学输入输出设备，所述耳挂连接件远离所述耳挂壳体的一端设置有接头部，所述卡线部包括第一卡线部和第二卡线部，所述接头部设置有所述第一卡线部，所述第一耳挂壳体设置有所述第二卡线部，所述引线组能够依次经所述第一卡线部、所述引线通道、所述第二卡线部进入到所述容置空间内。
  43. 根据权利要求41所述的声学输入输出设备，所述耳挂组件进一步包括至少包覆所述耳挂连接件的外周的耳挂弹性覆层。
  44. 根据权利要求34所述的声学输入输出设备，所述声学输入输出设备进一步包括后挂组件，所述后挂组件与所述耳挂组件连接用于保持所述声学输入输出设备与所述用户的后脑稳定接触。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的声学输入输出设备，所述后挂组件包括后挂连接件和设置于所述后挂连接件两端的插置部，所述插置部用于保持所述后挂连接件与所述耳挂组件的稳定连接。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的声学输入输出设备，所述第一耳挂壳体远离所述耳挂连接组件的一侧开设有接插孔，至少一个所述插置部在其长度方向上间隔开设有至少两组开槽，所述接插孔能够与所述至少两组开槽中的一组开槽配接以限制所述耳挂组件和所述后挂组件的相对移动。
PCT/CN2021/089853 2020-04-30 2021-04-26 声学输入输出设备 Ceased WO2021218901A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21797620.8A EP4080903B1 (en) 2020-04-30 2021-04-26 Acoustic input/output device
KR1020227029147A KR102625817B1 (ko) 2020-04-30 2021-04-26 음향입출력장치
BR112022015138-1A BR112022015138B1 (pt) 2020-04-30 2021-04-26 Aparelho de entrada e saída acústica
JP2022557930A JP7473673B2 (ja) 2020-04-30 2021-04-26 音響入出力装置
CN202180012010.5A CN115529853A (zh) 2020-04-30 2021-04-26 声学输入输出设备
US17/455,010 US11317191B2 (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-15 Acoustic input and output apparatus
US17/657,615 US11641541B2 (en) 2020-04-30 2022-03-31 Acoustic input and output apparatus
US18/306,993 US12120481B2 (en) 2020-04-30 2023-04-25 Acoustic input and output apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202020720293.1 2020-04-30
CN202020725495.5 2020-04-30
CN202020719606.1U CN212628327U (zh) 2020-04-30 2020-04-30 一种骨传导耳机
CN202020720293.1U CN211702356U (zh) 2020-04-30 2020-04-30 一种骨传导耳机
CN202020720291.2 2020-04-30
CN202020725495.5U CN211702357U (zh) 2020-04-30 2020-04-30 一种骨传导耳机
CN202020725563.8 2020-04-30
CN202020720291.2U CN211702354U (zh) 2020-04-30 2020-04-30 一种骨传导耳机
CN202020725563.8U CN211702358U (zh) 2020-04-30 2020-04-30 一种骨传导耳机
CN202020719606.1 2020-04-30

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/455,010 Continuation US11317191B2 (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-15 Acoustic input and output apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021218901A1 true WO2021218901A1 (zh) 2021-11-04

Family

ID=78331759

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/089853 Ceased WO2021218901A1 (zh) 2020-04-30 2021-04-26 声学输入输出设备

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US11317191B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4080903B1 (zh)
JP (1) JP7473673B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR102625817B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN115529853A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021218901A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7473673B2 (ja) * 2020-04-30 2024-04-23 深▲セン▼市韶音科技有限公司 音響入出力装置
US11516573B2 (en) * 2020-09-19 2022-11-29 Shenzhen Mengda Network Technology Co., Ltd. Split bone conduction earphone
USD964962S1 (en) * 2021-09-30 2022-09-27 Yanjin Zuo Headphone
CL2022000946S1 (es) 2021-10-22 2022-08-26 Shenzhen Shokz Co Ltd Auricular
USD1034520S1 (en) * 2023-03-03 2024-07-09 Xiamen Mairdi Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. Bone conduction headphones
USD1034516S1 (en) * 2023-03-03 2024-07-09 Xiamen Mairdi Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. Bone conduction headphones
USD1071899S1 (en) * 2023-03-09 2025-04-22 Lijun XIE Headset
USD1093338S1 (en) * 2023-11-09 2025-09-16 Binglan Tang Earphone

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1934896A (zh) * 2004-03-25 2007-03-21 Nap企业株式会社 振荡·回波消除系统
CN202818553U (zh) * 2012-08-08 2013-03-20 深圳市冠旭电子有限公司 头戴式耳机
CN209358728U (zh) * 2019-01-05 2019-09-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
CN211702357U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702354U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702358U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702356U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN212628327U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2021-02-26 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机

Family Cites Families (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4875233A (en) * 1987-10-16 1989-10-17 Derhaag Robert L Headset construction and method of making same
JP2551494Y2 (ja) * 1992-08-19 1997-10-22 ホシデン株式会社 ブームホン型ヘッドセット装置
JPH08265888A (ja) 1995-03-28 1996-10-11 Mitsubishi Electric Corp 骨伝導イヤホンマイク
US6681022B1 (en) 1998-07-22 2004-01-20 Gn Resound North Amerca Corporation Two-way communication earpiece
US5991422A (en) * 1998-09-29 1999-11-23 Chiang; Chao-Ning Structural improvements of earphone signal cord
US6466681B1 (en) * 1999-09-21 2002-10-15 Comprehensive Technical Solutions, Inc. Weather resistant sound attenuating modular communications headset
JP2001333482A (ja) 2000-05-19 2001-11-30 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd ヘッドホン
JP3634756B2 (ja) * 2001-02-02 2005-03-30 株式会社テムコジャパン アーム付きマイクロホン
US20020176588A1 (en) 2001-05-22 2002-11-28 Shinji Seto Oscillation prevention circuit
US6920228B2 (en) * 2002-08-20 2005-07-19 Otto Engineering, Inc. Lightweight headset for high noise environments
JP2004104400A (ja) * 2002-09-09 2004-04-02 Hosiden Corp ヘッドセット装置
EP1688014A4 (en) 2003-11-13 2009-07-22 Logitech Europ Sa PERSONAL AUDIO DEVICE APPLIED BEHIND THE HEAD
US7391863B2 (en) * 2004-06-23 2008-06-24 Vocollect, Inc. Method and system for an interchangeable headset module resistant to moisture infiltration
DE112007000559T5 (de) * 2006-03-08 2009-04-23 Logitech Europe S.A. Hinter dem Kopf angebrachtes persönliches Audiogerät mit einstellbarer Kopfhörerposition
EP2293591B1 (en) 2006-12-04 2012-07-25 Sennheiser Communications A/S Headset with pivotal parts
CN201063827Y (zh) * 2007-04-05 2008-05-21 林伟生 具有金属挂套的后挂式耳机
CA2709832C (en) * 2007-12-17 2017-11-21 Astro Gaming, Inc. Headset with noise plates
US9036849B2 (en) * 2008-08-12 2015-05-19 Plantronics, Inc. Headset with stowable boom
EP2320674B1 (en) * 2008-09-04 2014-05-14 Temco Japan Co., Ltd. Ear-muff type headset for two-way communication
US8406418B2 (en) * 2008-10-17 2013-03-26 Gn Netcom A/S Headset with a 360 degrees rotatable microphone boom and function selector
US8538058B2 (en) * 2009-05-20 2013-09-17 Rolf Eberl Headset
JP2013038455A (ja) 2011-08-03 2013-02-21 Nittetsu Elex Co Ltd 騒音抑制イヤホンマイク
KR101377418B1 (ko) * 2012-05-08 2014-04-17 메아리소닉코리아 주식회사 골전도 헤드폰
US9749728B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-08-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Audio headset accommodating ear geometry variations
JP6340413B2 (ja) 2014-03-28 2018-06-06 Ｐｉｏｎｅｅｒ ＤＪ株式会社 ヘッドホン装置
CN105208475A (zh) 2014-06-30 2015-12-30 Gn奈康有限公司 耳机
CN105917665A (zh) 2014-11-27 2016-08-31 尤广国 一种麦克风音箱一体设备
US9813799B2 (en) * 2015-01-05 2017-11-07 Raymond Gecawicz Modular headset with pivotable boom and speaker module
CN205336486U (zh) * 2015-12-15 2016-06-22 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导无线耳机
CN206273200U (zh) 2016-08-25 2017-06-23 安吉县盛信办公家具有限公司 保健沙发的可折叠导轨
CN109923872A (zh) * 2016-10-28 2019-06-21 松下知识产权经营株式会社 声音输入输出装置及骨传导头戴式耳机系统
KR101819530B1 (ko) * 2016-11-02 2018-01-17 주식회사 정글 골전도 스피커가 장착된 안경 다리
CN209882011U (zh) * 2018-03-29 2019-12-31 诸爱道 降噪防辐射耳机
CN208273200U (zh) * 2018-05-29 2018-12-21 福建太尔集团股份有限公司 一种咪头外置式的骨传导装置
ES2953439T3 (es) * 2018-06-21 2023-11-13 Savox Communications Oy Ab Ltd Auricular para un casco
CN109547906B (zh) * 2019-01-05 2023-12-08 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
JP7473673B2 (ja) * 2020-04-30 2024-04-23 深▲セン▼市韶音科技有限公司 音響入出力装置
CN212828327U (zh) 2020-06-22 2021-03-30 深圳微睿信息技术有限公司 一种hud抬头数字显示装置

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1934896A (zh) * 2004-03-25 2007-03-21 Nap企业株式会社 振荡·回波消除系统
CN202818553U (zh) * 2012-08-08 2013-03-20 深圳市冠旭电子有限公司 头戴式耳机
CN209358728U (zh) * 2019-01-05 2019-09-06 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 骨传导扬声装置
CN211702357U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702354U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702358U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702356U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2020-10-16 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机
CN212628327U (zh) * 2020-04-30 2021-02-26 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 一种骨传导耳机

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4080903A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20220225014A1 (en) 2022-07-14
US20220078542A1 (en) 2022-03-10
EP4080903A1 (en) 2022-10-26
KR102625817B1 (ko) 2024-01-17
EP4080903B1 (en) 2025-08-06
EP4080903A4 (en) 2024-01-03
US11317191B2 (en) 2022-04-26
US12120481B2 (en) 2024-10-15
EP4080903C0 (en) 2025-08-06
US11641541B2 (en) 2023-05-02
JP7473673B2 (ja) 2024-04-23
KR20220132575A (ko) 2022-09-30
JP2023518582A (ja) 2023-05-02
US20230262377A1 (en) 2023-08-17
CN115529853A (zh) 2022-12-27
BR112022015138A2 (pt) 2022-11-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021218901A1 (zh) 声学输入输出设备
CN211702356U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN211880592U (zh) 一种耳机通信系统
CN211880590U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
WO2020140461A1 (zh) 一种扬声器装置
WO2020155694A1 (zh) 用于无线耳机的线控盒及无线耳机
CN211702352U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN211880588U (zh) 一种耳机通信系统
WO2021218781A1 (zh) 一种耳机通信系统
US20250016490A1 (en) Acoustic output apparatuses
CN114079837B (zh) 无线耳机、耳机收纳盒及无线耳机系统
US12395776B2 (en) Bone conduction earphones and methods for making the same
CN211702354U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
WO2023020322A1 (zh) 无线耳机、耳机盒及无线耳机系统
CN212463474U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
WO2020155695A1 (zh) 用于无线耳机的线控盒及无线耳机
CN211880591U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN211880589U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN212628327U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702355U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702357U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN211702358U (zh) 一种骨传导耳机
CN113645573A (zh) 耳机配置数据共享方法、耳机及存储介质
CN113596652B (zh) 骨传导耳机及其制造方法
RU2790549C1 (ru) Акустическое устройство ввода и вывода

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21797620

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021797620

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220718

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112022015138

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20227029147

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022557930

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112022015138

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20220729

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 2021797620

Country of ref document: EP